WO2024098267A1 - Data transmission apparatus, data sending apparatus, and method - Google Patents

Data transmission apparatus, data sending apparatus, and method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024098267A1
WO2024098267A1 PCT/CN2022/130732 CN2022130732W WO2024098267A1 WO 2024098267 A1 WO2024098267 A1 WO 2024098267A1 CN 2022130732 W CN2022130732 W CN 2022130732W WO 2024098267 A1 WO2024098267 A1 WO 2024098267A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pdu
rlc
entity
pdcp
protocol
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/130732
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
易粟
李国荣
贾美艺
路杨
Original Assignee
富士通株式会社
易粟
李国荣
贾美艺
路杨
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士通株式会社, 易粟, 李国荣, 贾美艺, 路杨 filed Critical 富士通株式会社
Priority to PCT/CN2022/130732 priority Critical patent/WO2024098267A1/en
Publication of WO2024098267A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024098267A1/en

Links

Images

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies.
  • the fifth generation mobile communication technology is studying key issues, solutions and conclusions to support advanced media services, such as high data rate low latency (HDRLL) services, augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR)/extended reality (XR) services and tactile/multimodal communication services.
  • HDRLL high data rate low latency
  • AR augmented reality
  • VR virtual reality
  • XR extended reality
  • extended reality is supported in 3GPP services and networks, where XR is a general term for different types of reality.
  • the different application areas of XR include entertainment, medical care, education, etc.
  • Virtual reality is a rendered version of a published visual and audio scene.
  • the rendering is intended to simulate the visual and auditory sensory stimulation of the real world as naturally as possible when the observer or user moves within the limits defined by the application;
  • Augmented reality refers to providing users with additional information or artificially generated items or content overlaid on their current environment;
  • Mixed reality is an advanced form of AR in which some virtual elements are inserted into the physical scene with the aim of providing an illusion that these elements are part of the real scene.
  • Extended reality refers to all real and virtual combined environments and human-computer interactions generated by computer technology and wearable devices, including representative forms such as AR, MR, VR and hybrid cross-fields.
  • PDU Protocol Data Unit
  • PDU Set granularity e.g., video/audio frame/tile, application data unit, control information
  • a PDU Set consists of PDUs with the same QoS requirements
  • a PDU Set (PDU Set) or PDU Set includes one or more Protocol Data Units (PDUs) that carry the payload of an information unit generated at the application layer (e.g., frames or video slices for XR and media services).
  • PDUs Protocol Data Units
  • a PDU Set refers to an application-level PDU set.
  • all PDUs in a PDU Set are required by the application layer in order to use the corresponding information unit; in other implementations, the application layer can still recover part or all of the information unit when some PDUs are lost.
  • a PDU Set has different QoS requirements, such as priority, importance, etc.
  • the existing QoS model based on QoS flow cannot support the different QoS requirements of PDU Set. Specifically, there are two major requirements for the processing of PDU Set: integrated packet processing of PDU Set and differentiated processing of PDU Set.
  • QoS flow is the finest granularity of QoS differentiation in a PDU session, and the 5G QoS characteristics are determined by the 5G QoS Identifier (5QI), which means that each data packet in the QoS flow is processed according to the same QoS requirements.
  • 5QI 5G QoS Identifier
  • the integrated data packet processing process of PDU Set is:
  • a group of packets is used to carry the payload of a PDU Set (e.g., frame, video slice/tile).
  • a PDU Set e.g., frame, video slice/tile.
  • packets in such a PDU Set are decoded/processed as a whole.
  • a frame/video slice can be decoded only if all or a certain number of packets carrying the frame/video slice are successfully transmitted.
  • a client can decode a frame in a GOP (group of pictures) only if all frames on which the frame depends are successfully received. Therefore, groups of packets in a PDU Set have inherent interdependencies in the media layer. If such dependencies between packets in a PDU Set are not taken into account, the 5GS may perform scheduling inefficiently. For example, the 5GS may randomly drop one or more packets, but try to transmit other packets of the same PDU Set, which are useless to the client, thereby wasting radio resources.
  • the 5GS QoS framework will be enhanced to support different QoS processing of PDU Sets, where PDU Sets can carry different contents, such as I/B/P frames, slices/tiles within I/B/P frames, etc.
  • PDU Sets can carry different contents, such as I/B/P frames, slices/tiles within I/B/P frames, etc.
  • the different importance of PDU Sets can be taken into account, for example, by treating data packets (i.e. PDUs) belonging to less important PDU Sets differently to reduce resource waste.
  • the inventors have discovered that in order to achieve integrated packet processing and differentiated PDU Set processing of PDU Set, how to perform repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or DAPS switching of the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) is a problem that needs to be solved.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission device, a data sending device, and a method.
  • the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) is repeatedly transmitted or/and separated and/or DAPS switched, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, and reducing resource waste.
  • DAPS data radio bearer
  • a data transmission method includes:
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • one of the data radio bearers includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • a data sending method includes:
  • Sending a first signaling wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a PDCP entity corresponding to a data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • one of the data radio bearers includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • a data transmission device comprising:
  • a transmission unit which performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or dual active protocol stack (DAPS) switching on a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information,
  • DAPS dual active protocol stack
  • one of the data radio bearers includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • a data sending device wherein the data sending device includes:
  • a first sending unit which sends a first signaling; wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity corresponding to a data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • one of the data radio bearers includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) is repeatedly transmitted or/and separately transmitted and/or DAPS switched, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, and reducing resource waste.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • DAPS data radio bearer
  • 1 is a schematic diagram of the classification of QoS flows and the principle of user plane marking and mapping to access network resources according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG2 is a diagram showing the mapping structure of PDU Set at layer 2 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4A is a schematic diagram of a separate support structure according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4B is another schematic diagram of a separate support structure according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a second signaling according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6 is another schematic diagram of the second signaling according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a data sending method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a data sending device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG10 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terms “first”, “second”, etc. are used to distinguish different elements from the title, but do not represent the spatial arrangement or time sequence of these elements, etc., and these elements should not be limited by these terms.
  • the term “and/or” includes any one and all combinations of one or more of the terms listed in association.
  • the terms “comprise”, “include”, “have”, etc. refer to the existence of the stated features, elements, components or components, but do not exclude the existence or addition of one or more other features, elements, components or components.
  • the term “communication network” or “wireless communication network” may refer to a network that complies with any of the following communication standards, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE), enhanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA), and the like.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A enhanced Long Term Evolution
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • HSPA High-Speed Packet Access
  • communication between devices in the communication system may be carried out according to communication protocols of any stage, such as but not limited to the following communication protocols: 1G (generation), 2G, 2.5G, 2.75G, 3G, 4G, 4.5G and 5G, New Radio (NR), etc., and/or other communication protocols currently known or to be developed in the future.
  • 1G generation
  • 2G 2.5G
  • 2.75G 3G
  • 4G 4G
  • 4.5G and 5G
  • NR New Radio
  • the term "network device” refers to, for example, a device in a communication system that connects a terminal device to a communication network and provides services for the terminal device.
  • the network device may include, but is not limited to, the following devices: base station (BS), access point (AP), transmission reception point (TRP), broadcast transmitter, mobile management entity (MME), gateway, server, radio network controller (RNC), base station controller (BSC), etc.
  • base stations may include but are not limited to: Node B (NodeB or NB), evolved Node B (eNodeB or eNB) and 5G base station (gNB), etc., and may also include remote radio heads (RRH, Remote Radio Head), remote radio units (RRU, Remote Radio Unit), relays or low-power nodes (such as femeto, pico, etc.).
  • NodeB Node B
  • eNodeB or eNB evolved Node B
  • gNB 5G base station
  • base station may include remote radio heads (RRH, Remote Radio Head), remote radio units (RRU, Remote Radio Unit), relays or low-power nodes (such as femeto, pico, etc.).
  • RRH Remote Radio Head
  • RRU Remote Radio Unit
  • relays or low-power nodes such as femeto, pico, etc.
  • base station may include some or all of their functions, and each base station can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area.
  • the term "cell” can refer
  • the term "user equipment” (UE) or “terminal equipment” (TE) refers to, for example, a device that accesses a communication network through a network device and receives network services.
  • the terminal device may be fixed or mobile, and may also be referred to as a mobile station (MS), a terminal, a subscriber station (SS), an access terminal (AT), a station, and the like.
  • terminal devices may include but are not limited to the following devices: cellular phones, personal digital assistants (PDA, Personal Digital Assistant), wireless modems, wireless communication devices, handheld devices, machine-type communication devices, laptop computers, cordless phones, smart phones, smart watches, digital cameras, etc.
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • wireless modems wireless communication devices
  • handheld devices machine-type communication devices
  • laptop computers cordless phones
  • smart phones smart watches, digital cameras, etc.
  • the terminal device can also be a machine or device for monitoring or measuring, such as but not limited to: machine type communication (MTC) terminal, vehicle-mounted communication terminal, device to device (D2D) terminal, machine to machine (M2M) terminal, and so on.
  • MTC machine type communication
  • D2D device to device
  • M2M machine to machine
  • network side refers to one side of the network, which may be a base station, or may include one or more network devices as above.
  • user side or “terminal side” or “terminal device side” refers to one side of the user or terminal, which may be a UE, or may include one or more terminal devices as above.
  • device may refer to either a network device or a terminal device.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the classification of QoS flows and the principle of user plane marking and mapping to access network resources according to an embodiment of the present application. For simplicity, Figure 1 only schematically illustrates the classification of QoS flows and the principle of user plane marking and mapping to access network resources.
  • QoS Flows QoS flows
  • a QoS flow contains multiple sub-QoS flows
  • different types of PDU Sets belonging to the QoS flow are mapped to different sub-QoS flows (sub QoS Flows) of the relevant QoS flow.
  • the QoS flow still has a QoS profile, which is named the main QoS profile (QoS profile).
  • QoS profile the main QoS profile
  • Each sub-QoS flow of a QoS flow has its own QoS Profile, called a sub-QoS profile (sub QoS profile).
  • All child QoS profiles and the associated main QoS profile have the same 5QI but different QoS characteristics.
  • 3GPP also proposed QoS parameters for PDU Set and QoS processing for PDU Set.
  • QoS processing for PDU Set can be determined by dynamic or non-dynamic Policy Control and Charging (PCC).
  • PCC Policy Control and Charging
  • the non-access stratum (NAS) layer of the UE can identify the first information related to the above PDU Set. For example, for the classification of upstream data packets, during the establishment/modification of the PDU session, the PDU Set importance is prepared for the UE according to the single network slice selection assistance information/data network name (S-NSSAI/DNN) of the PDU session.
  • the PDU Set importance rules can be sent to the UE from the 5G core network (5GC) through the N1 session management (SM) container defined in the session management process.
  • the PDU Set importance can be used by the UE to map the PDU Set to the appropriate medium access control (MAC) transmission cache.
  • MAC medium access control
  • the UE classifies and marks the uplink user plane traffic according to the QoS rules, that is, the association of XRM uplink traffic with QoS flow and/or sub-QoS flow.
  • the first information related to these PDU Sets includes at least one of the following information: importance information or priority of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); identification information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); protocol data unit (PDU) sequence number within the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); start and/or end flags of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); size information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); identification information of the quality of service (QoS) flow mapped to the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); identification information of the sub-quality of service (QoS) flow mapped to the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); or identification information of the protocol data unit (PDU) group, etc.
  • the importance information of the PDU Set indicates the importance of the PDU Set in the XRM service flow, or its priority, and can also be used to perform differentiated processing of the PDU Set in the RAN, such as priority processing, scheduling, data discarding, etc.
  • the core network identifies the importance information of PDU Set based on existing technologies, which can be used to map PDU Set to different QoS flows, or to map to different sub-QoS flows (sub-QoS flows), or it can be included in the General packet radio service (GPRS) tunneling protocol user plane part (GPRS Tunnelling Protocol for the user plane, GTP-U) header to notify the RAN.
  • GPRS General packet radio service
  • GTP-U General packet radio service tunneling protocol user plane part
  • the above is just an example of a classification method using PDU Set importance. If PDU Sets of different PDU Set importances are mapped to different QoS flows or sub-QoS flows, a structural design can also be performed for the QoS flow or sub-QoS flow corresponding to the PDU Set importance.
  • the corresponding PDU Set importance information such as the PDU Set importance identifier, is the corresponding QoS flow identifier or sub-QoS flow identifier, and this application does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • FIG2 is a diagram of the mapping structure of the PDU Set at layer 2 of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method shown in FIG2 can be used to map data streams corresponding to different PDU Set importances to the resources of the access network. For example, these data are called a collection of PDU Sets with the same importance or priority, a PDU family, etc.
  • the PDU Set importance information can be used as an identifier, or an identifier of a sub-QoS flow, or a PDU priority tag, a PDU family identifier, etc., or directly use the PDU Set identifier (if each PDU Set is regarded as an independent class); if different PDU Sets corresponding to different PDU Set importance information are mapped to different QoS flows, the QoS flow identifier can also be used.
  • multiple types of PDU Sets can be multiplexed into one XR QoS flow at the NAS layer, and then a one-to-one mapping of the QoS flow to the DRB can be performed in the RAN; at the PDCP layer, the PDCP entity demultiplexes (also referred to as "mapping") the data in the DRB to different radio link control (RLC) bearers according to the first information (e.g., PDU Set importance information).
  • RLC radio link control
  • a type of PDU Set can also be used as a sub-QoS flow at the NAS layer; as shown in 201 of FIG.
  • a QoS flow does not contain a PDU set, for example, a QoS flow can be mapped to a DRB and then mapped to an RLC entity (or a logical channel) with reference to the prior art.
  • the system architecture supporting PDU Sets can be compatible with the system architecture supporting traditional QoS flows.
  • a PDU Set having the same value of the first information of a predetermined type may also be referred to as a PDU group, a collection of PDU Sets, a PDU family, a data burst, etc.
  • the first information of the predetermined type may be the importance information of the PDU Set (e.g., PDU Set Importance), etc.
  • the identification of the PDU group may use the importance information of the PDU Set, and/or, the identification of the QoS flow (if PDU Sets of different PDU Set Importances are mapped to different QoS flows), and/or, the identification of the sub-QoS flow (if PDU Sets of different PDU Set Importances are mapped to different sub-QoS flows), and/or, a PDU priority tag, and/or, a PDU family identification, etc., and/or, identification information of the PDU Set (e.g., each PDU Set is regarded as an independent category, that is, each PDU set is a PDU group); this application does not list them one by one.
  • the QoS flow is mapped to the DRB and then to the RLC bearer at the Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP) sublayer, and the QoS flow consists of multiple application-level PDU Sets. If the concept of PDU Set is introduced in the XRM service, then how to repeat transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching of the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) is a problem that needs to be solved.
  • SDAP Service Data Adaptation Protocol
  • layer 2 mapping for example, mapping from the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) to the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) to the radio link control (RLC)
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission device, a data sending device, and a method.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission method of the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG3 , the method includes:
  • one of the data radio bearers includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same first information.
  • the same first information may be predetermined first information, thereby, the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) is repeatedly transmitted and/or separately transmitted and/or DAPS switched according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, and reducing resource waste.
  • it can ensure the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meet the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
  • FIG. 3 is only a schematic illustration of the embodiment of the present application, taking the terminal device as an example, but the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the execution order between the various operations can be appropriately adjusted, and other operations can be added or some operations can be reduced.
  • the objects of the above operations can be adjusted. Those skilled in the art can make appropriate modifications based on the above content, and are not limited to the description of the above FIG. 3.
  • PDU Protocol Data Unit
  • DRB Data Radio Bearer
  • a data radio bearer includes at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • the predetermined first information includes first information predefined by a protocol, or preconfigured first information, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following information: importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); identification information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); protocol data unit (PDU) sequence number within the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); start and/or end flags of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); size information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); identification information of the quality of service (QoS) flow to which the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped; identification information of the sub-quality of service (QoS) flow to which the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped; or identification information of the protocol data unit (PDU) group.
  • the first information may be for uplink data or for downlink data.
  • RAN nodes and devices obtain the importance information of PDU Sets through the mapped QoS flow or sub-QoS flow (implicitly) or the information in the GTP-U header (explicitly).
  • the access layer mapping structure shown in Figure 2 since different PDU Sets in a DRB may be assigned to different RLC bearers, the repeated transmission mechanism at the DRB level needs to be enhanced, otherwise the repeated transmission of PDU Sets cannot be achieved, thus affecting the transmission reliability and low latency requirements of the XRM service.
  • PDU Sets also need to be enhanced to support the split transmission and DAPS switching of XRM services.
  • PDU Sets of different PDU Set importance are mapped to different RLC bearers.
  • a PDCP entity is associated with multiple RLC entities, and then the RLC entity corresponding to the PDU Set is determined according to the importance of the PDU set, so as to perform repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or DAPS switching of the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB).
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the first information is the identification information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set), which can also be called the data unit set identification (PDU Set identity, PSID).
  • PDU Set identity PSID
  • PSID data unit set identity
  • PSGID PDU Set Group Identity
  • the first information is a protocol data unit (PDU) sequence number within a protocol data unit set (PDU Set), wherein the specific content of the PDU sequence number can be referred to in the prior art, and the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the first information is a start and/or end flag of a protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
  • PDU Set the start and end of a protocol data unit set (PDU Set) may be indicated by two bits. For example, if the first bit is "1", it indicates the start of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); if the second bit is "1", it indicates the end of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
  • the start and/or end flag is used to determine the start time of the PDU Set, which can be used for performance enhancement such as energy saving.
  • the first information is identification information of a quality of service (QoS) flow to which a protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped, and/or the first information is identification information of a sub-quality of service (QoS) flow to which a protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped; for example, a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) is repeatedly transmitted or/and separately transmitted and/or DAPS switched based on the identification information of the quality of service (QoS) flow and/or the sub-quality of service (QoS) flow.
  • QoS quality of service
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) can be repeatedly transmitted or/and separated and/or DAPS switched according to a predetermined type of information in the first information; the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) can also be repeatedly transmitted or/and separated and/or DAPS switched according to multiple predetermined information in the first information; optionally, another predetermined information can be obtained according to a predetermined type of information in the first information, and then the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) can be repeatedly transmitted or/and separated and/or DAPS switched in combination with the predetermined type of information and the predetermined type of information.
  • the importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) can be determined according to the identification information (PSID) of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); for example, the importance corresponding to the PSID is determined in a predefined manner, for example, taking a PSID of 4 bits as an example, wherein the importance of the PDU Set with a PSID of "0000"-"0011” is "high”; the importance of the PDU Set with a PSID of "0100"-"0111” is "medium”; the importance of the PDU Set with a PSID of "1000"-"1111” is "low”; after indicating the corresponding PSID, the importance of the PDU Set can be determined, and then the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) can be repeatedly transmitted or/and separately transmitted and/or DAPS switched.
  • PSID identification information
  • PSID identification information
  • DAPS data radio bearer
  • a protocol data unit (PDU) group includes a protocol data unit set (PDU Set), or the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes a set of protocol data unit sets (PDU Set) having importance information of the same protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
  • each protocol data unit set (PDU Set) corresponds to a different importance, and thus each protocol data unit set (PDU Set) corresponds to a protocol data unit (PDU) group; for example, different protocol data unit sets (PDU Sets) may have the same importance, and thus a set of protocol data unit sets (PDU Sets) with the same importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) can be set as a protocol data unit (PDU) group.
  • the repetition transmission mechanism is to duplicate the same PDCP protocol data unit (PDU), and the repetition transmission is divided into carrier aggregation (CA) repetition transmission and dual connectivity (DC) repetition transmission.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • DC dual connectivity
  • DC retransmission is based on a split bearer, and the RLC entity corresponding to one PDCP entity leads to two nodes (for example, a base station); based on the split bearer, when DC retransmission is activated, retransmission is performed; when DC retransmission is not activated, split transmission is performed; in the absence of a split bearer, for example, when a split bearer is not configured, CA retransmission is performed, and after activating CA retransmission, retransmission is performed on multiple RLC entities corresponding to the CA retransmission; after deactivating CA retransmission, transmission is performed on the main path corresponding to the CA retransmission.
  • the split bearer is a radio bearer that has RLC bearers in both the master cell group (MCG) and the secondary cell group (SCG) in DC repeated transmission.
  • MCG master cell group
  • SCG secondary cell group
  • data corresponding to a PDCP entity is split to two RLC entities for transmission, and the two RLC entities are respectively associated with the MAC layer of the master node and the MAC layer of the secondary node; thus, repeated transmission can copy the same PDCP PDU and send it to the above two RLC entities for simultaneous transmission, thereby obtaining the gains of high transmission reliability and low transmission delay.
  • a primary path includes a cell group and a primary RLC entity (indicated by a logical channel identifier) corresponding to a default path in repeated transmission or split transmission
  • a split secondary path includes a split secondary RLC entity (indicated by a logical channel identifier) on a cell group other than the cell group corresponding to the primary path where DC repeated transmission falls back to split transmission.
  • a non-primary RLC entity refers to an RLC entity other than the primary RLC entity that is used to transmit data having the same predetermined first information.
  • RLC entity 0 is configured as the main RLC entity
  • RLC entity 2 is a separated secondary RLC entity
  • RLC entity 1, RLC entity 2, and RLC entity 3 except RLC entity 0 are non-main RLC entities.
  • DAPS handover refers to the process in which the UE maintains a connection with the source base station (gNB) after receiving an RRC handover message during handover until the source cell is released after random access to the target base station (gNB) is successful.
  • a DAPS bearer refers to a bearer in which the radio protocol is located at both the source gNB and the target gNB in order to use the resources of the source gNB and the target gNB at the same time during the DAPS handover process.
  • the following takes the predetermined first information as “importance information of a protocol data unit set (PDU Set)” as an example to explain in detail “repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching of a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information”. This explanation is also applicable to the case where the predetermined first information is other content.
  • different PDU Sets (or one or more PDU Sets with different "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)") need to be mapped to different RLC bearers.
  • PDU Sets with different "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)" are mapped to different QoS flows at the NAS layer, then multiple QoS flows of XR service traffic can be multiplexed into one DRB at the RAN (e.g., SDAP layer); further, at the PDCP layer, the PDCP entity demultiplexes (also referred to as "mapping") the data in the DRB to different RLC bearers according to the "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)".
  • the PDCP entity is associated with multiple RLC entities.
  • the at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group on the data radio bearer (DRB) is mapped to a corresponding radio link control (RLC) bearer.
  • the configuration of separate bearers in repeated transmission and/or separate transmission can be relatively flexible.
  • a DRB has RLC bearers in both MCG and SCG, but not all primary RLC bearers of MCG (taking the primary RLC bearer on MCG as an example) have corresponding (for example, corresponding to the same "importance information of protocol data unit set (PDU Set)") RLC of SCG (separated secondary RLC bearer); for example, the configuration of RLC bearers for CA repeated transmission can also be relatively flexible.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • a PDU set of "importance information of protocol data unit set (PDU Set)" can be mapped to two RLC bearers, or only a PDU set of another "importance information of protocol data unit set (PDU Set)" can be mapped to one RLC bearer; the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of the PDCP entity corresponding to the data radio bearer (DRB); and/or, the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of the repeated transmission.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the first signaling includes a first field, wherein the first field configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission; and/or the first field configures the activation state and/or deactivation state of repeated transmission; when the value of the first field is true, the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, and/or when the value of the first field is false, the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity deactivates repeated transmission; optionally, the above statement can also be replaced by, when the value of the first field is true, the PDCP entity is activated for repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, and/or when the value of the first field is false, the PDCP entity is deactivated for repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity deactivates repeated transmission.
  • the first signaling is an RRCReconfiguration message; the first field is a "pdcp-Duplication" field.
  • a PDCP entity when a PDCP entity is configured to activate duplication transmission (the value of "pdcp-Duplication" is true), all RLC entities associated with the PDCP entity perform duplication transmission when applicable.
  • repeated transmission is performed between RLC entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • PDU Set For example, when a PDU set (or PDU group) corresponding to a "protocol data unit set (PDU Set) importance information" is associated with multiple RLC entities, repeated transmission is performed between all RLC entities mapped by the PDU set (or PDU group) corresponding to the "protocol data unit set (PDU Set) importance information". For example, when all the RLC entities belong to different cell groups, DC and/or CA repeated transmission is performed; when all the RLC entities belong to the same cell group, CA repeated transmission is performed.
  • the first signaling further includes a second field, wherein the second field indicates at least one primary path; and/or, the first signaling further includes a third field, wherein the third field indicates at least one secondary path of separate transmission.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable; wherein the primary path and/or secondary path of the separate transmission is determined according to the second field and/or the third field; in some embodiments, the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable, including: when at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information corresponds to multiple RLC entities and the multiple RLC entities belong to different cell groups, separate transmission is performed on multiple RLC entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the specific main transmission path can be indicated by the newly added second field in the RRC signaling.
  • the DRB corresponding to the PDCP is a separate bearer
  • all RLC entities associated with the PDCP implement or fall back to separate transmission when applicable.
  • the PDU set (or PDU group) corresponding to the "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)" is mapped to multiple RLC entities, and the multiple RLC entities belong to different cell groups
  • the RLC bearer corresponding to the "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)" is transmitted separately.
  • the auxiliary path of the specific separate transmission is indicated by the new third field in the RRC signaling. (The specific contents of the second field and the third field will be described in detail in the subsequent instructions).
  • the first signaling also includes a fourth field, wherein the first field is ignored when the fourth field is configured, wherein the fourth field configures the repeated transmission activation and/or deactivation status of each non-primary RLC entity corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the fourth field when the second field of the first signaling indicates one or more main transmission paths and the third field indicates one or more auxiliary paths of separate transmission, when the fourth field is configured, the value configured in the first field (pdcp-Duplication) is ignored, and the fourth field configures the duplication transmission activation state or deactivation state of the non-primary RLC entity corresponding to the PDCU set corresponding to each "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)".
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the first signaling is a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration (RRC-Reconfiguration) message; the second field and/or the third field and/or the fourth field are included in the configuration field for configuring parameters related to the PDCP entity.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the second field includes a first list, wherein the first list includes: a logical channel identifier (LCID) of a primary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity used for uplink data transmission when the PDU group is associated with multiple RLC entities; in some embodiments, the primary RLC entity belongs to a cell group corresponding to a cell group field in a primary path field; in some embodiments, in the first list, the logical channel identifiers (LCIDs) are sorted in ascending order.
  • LCID logical channel identifier
  • the second field is a list or sequence.
  • the name of the first list is "primaryLCH", which indicates that when the PDCP entity is associated with multiple RLC entities, it is a list of LCIDs of all primary RLC entities used for uplink data transmission; the primary RLC entity belongs to the cell group corresponding to the "cellGroup" in the "primaryPath” field; for example, the first list can be sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifier.
  • the third field includes a second list, wherein the second list includes: a logical channel identifier corresponding to a separated secondary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity indicated for uplink data transmission to fall back to a separated bearer when the DRB corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separated bearer; in some embodiments, the second list is arranged in ascending order of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity; wherein, when the primary RLC entity corresponding to a specific index position in the third field does not have a corresponding separated secondary RLC entity in different cell groups, the third field of the index position is ignored.
  • the third field includes a second list, for example, the name of the second list is "splitSecondaryPath-XR", which is a list of logical channel identifiers corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity indicated for uplink data transmission to fall back to the separated bearer when the DRB corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separated bearer; for example, the third field and the second field have a one-to-one correspondence, that is, the third field (the logical channel list corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity) is arranged in ascending order of the corresponding second field value (the logical channel identifier corresponding to the primary RLC entity); for example, for the same index, the RLC entity corresponding to the value in the second field and the RLC entity corresponding to the value in the third field are used to transmit the same (or have the same "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)" PDU Set; for example, for a primary RLC entity with a specific index, if there is no corresponding separated
  • the fourth field includes a third list, the third list indicating the state of repeated transmission of each associated uplink RLC entity when the first signaling is received; in some embodiments, each value in the third list of the fourth field is an X-bit bitmap, the bitmap indicating whether other non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the index position are in a repeated transmission activation or deactivation state; in the case where the bit is the first value, the repeated transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is activated; wherein the indication order of the X bits is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of other associated RLC entities other than the primary RLC entity, and is sorted in order of the primary cell group and the secondary cell group; in some embodiments, when the number of non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity is less than X, the high-order indication of the corresponding bit of the bitmap is ignored; and/or the repeated transmission state corresponding to the primary RLC entity of the
  • the fourth field includes a third list
  • the name of the third list is "duplicationState-XR”
  • the third list indicates the state of duplication transmission of each associated uplink RLC entity when the first signaling is received.
  • each value in the third list is a 3-bit bitmap (also called a sequence of 3 Boolean variables), and the bitmap indicates whether other non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the index position are in a duplication transmission activation or deactivation state; for example, if the bit is 1 (the Boolean variable is true), the duplication transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is activated; if the bit is 0 (the Boolean variable is false), the duplication transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is deactivated; for example, the indication order of the 3 bits is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of other associated RLC entities except the primary RLC entity, and is sorted in the order of the primary cell group and the secondary
  • the fourth field has a one-to-one correspondence with the first field, that is, the fourth field (the repeated transmission status of the non-master RLC entities corresponding to each master RLC entity) is arranged in ascending order according to the corresponding second field value (the logical channel identifier corresponding to the master RLC entity); for example, for the same index, the RLC entity corresponding to the value in the second field and one or more RLC entities corresponding to the status value in the fourth field are used to transmit the same (or have the same "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)") PDU Set; if the master RLC entity of a certain index does not have a corresponding non-master RLC entity (that is, the master RLC entity is not configured for separate transmission or repeated transmission), then the fourth field at the index position is ignored.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the second field, the third field, and the fourth field may be placed in a group to configure PDCP, for example, named "moreThanOneRLC-XR"; in some embodiments, only the first field, the second field, and the third segment may be configured, or the first field, the second field, the third field, and the fourth field may be configured; for example, when only the first field, the second field, and the third segment are configured, the configuration of repeated transmission and/or separate transmission is based on the granularity of the DRB, for example, all RLC entities associated with the PDCP entity corresponding to the DRB activate/or deactivate repeated transmission; for example, when the first field, the second field, the third field, and the fourth field are configured, the configuration of repeated transmission and/or separate transmission is based on the granularity of the RLC entity, for example, a specific RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity corresponding to the DRB can activate/or deactivate repeated transmission (the specific content can refer to the above method, which is not
  • protocol enhancement PDCP-Config IE
  • Figure 4A is a schematic diagram of the structure of a separate bearer in an implementation manner of the present application
  • Figure 4B is another schematic diagram of the structure of a separate bearer in an implementation manner of the present application.
  • PDU Set 1 in FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B is mapped to the primary cell group network device RLC bearer 1 (MN RLC1) and the secondary cell group network device RLC1 (SN RLC1), respectively;
  • PDU Set 2 is mapped to the primary cell group network device RLC bearer 2 (MN RLC2) and the secondary cell group network device RLC2 (SN RLC2), respectively.
  • MN RLC1 and MN RLC2 are primary RLC entities.
  • the fourth field is configured, the content of the first field is ignored, and the 3-bit indications of the two bitmaps in the third list of the fourth field are respectively "001" and "000” (assuming the number of bits is from high to low), wherein the "001" corresponding to the first bitmap indicates that the non-primary SN RLC 1 entity corresponding to PDU Set 1 is configured as a repeated transmission activation state, and the "000" corresponding to the second bitmap indicates that the non-primary SN RLC 2 entity corresponding to PDU Set 2 is configured as a repeated transmission deactivation state, and then PDU Set 1 is repeatedly transmitted on MN RLC1 and SN RLC1, and PDU Set 2 is separately transmitted on MN RLC2 and SN RLC2.
  • the data of PDU Set 2 (the details of the first threshold
  • the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity corresponding to the DRB performs DAPS switching when applicable; wherein, when the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped to two RLC entities available for uplink transmission of the DAPS bearer and one of the two RLC entities available for uplink transmission is for a source cell and the other of the two RLC entities available for uplink transmission is for a target cell, the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) performs DAPS switching.
  • all RLC entities associated with the PDCP entity corresponding to the DRB shall implement DAPS switching when applicable.
  • DAPS switching can be performed on the PDU Set.
  • each of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups has the same number of RLC bearers associated with each cell group.
  • DAPS bearer for DAPS bearer, all PDU Sets mapped to the bearer will be mapped to two RLC entities that can be used for uplink transmission, and one RLC entity is for the source cell and the other RLC entity is for the target cell. Then all RLC entities that can be used for uplink and are associated with the PDCP entity corresponding to the DRB will implement DAPS switching.
  • PDU Set only uses PDU Set as an example for illustration.
  • a PDU Set with a specific importance can be replaced with a QoS flow, sub-QoS flow, PDU group, PDU family, etc. with the same importance or priority; the above-mentioned PDU Set importance information can also be replaced with a sub-QoS flow identifier, a PDU priority tag, a PDU family identifier, etc.; no repetitive explanation is given here.
  • the PDCP entity if the PDCP entity is not associated with an application-level PDU Set, the PDCP entity is associated with 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, or 8 RLC entities.
  • the specific number depends on the characteristics of the radio bearer (e.g., unidirectional or bidirectional transmission, whether it is a split bearer) or the RLC mode, etc.
  • the number of radio link control (RLC) entities associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is determined by at least one of the following: the number of values of a predetermined type of information in the first information, the characteristics of a radio bearer (RB); or the radio link control (RLC) mode.
  • the corresponding PDCP entity will be associated with multiple (not limited to 8) RLC entities.
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • it also depends on the number of PDU Sets in the DRB or the number of values of the predetermined type of information in the first information.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • M is the number of all PDU Sets in the same DRB mapped to different primary RLC entities, that is, M will be less than or equal to the number of PDU Sets or the number of PDU Set Importance values.
  • each PDCP is associated to less than or equal to 2 ⁇ M UM (unacknowledged mode) RLC entities (for the same transmission direction), or less than or equal to 4 ⁇ M UM RLC entities (less than or equal to 2 ⁇ M in each direction), or less than or equal to 2 ⁇ M AM (acknowledged mode) RLC entities.
  • 2 ⁇ M UM unacknowledged mode
  • 4 ⁇ M UM RLC entities
  • 2 ⁇ M AM acknowledged mode
  • each DPCP entity is associated with less than or equal to 2 ⁇ M UM RLC entities (for the same transmission direction, less than or equal to M for the source cell, and less than or equal to M for the target cell), or less than or equal to 4 ⁇ M UM RLC entities (less than or equal to 2 ⁇ M source cells and target cells in each direction), or less than or equal to 2 ⁇ M AM RLC entities (less than or equal to M source cells and less than or equal to M target cells).
  • each of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups has the same number of RLC bearers associated with each cell group, so the above less than or equal to can be replaced by equal to.
  • the PDCP layer needs to be enhanced to support demultiplexing of data of different "Protocol Data Unit Sets (PDU Sets) importance information" in the DRB into different RLC bearers.
  • PDU Sets Protocol Data Unit Sets
  • the method further includes: submitting the data SDU to the corresponding RLC entity according to the first information in the SDAP header of the data SDU and the mapping relationship between the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) configured by RRC and the radio link control (RLC) bearer, and/or the repeated transmission activation status of the RLC entity.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • RLC radio link control
  • the data SDU can be submitted to the corresponding RLC entity based on the first information in the SDAP header of the data SDU ("PDU Set identification information" or "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)"), and the mapping relationship between the RRC-configured PDU Set and the RLC bearer, and/or the repeated transmission activation status of the RLC entity.
  • PDU Set identification information or "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)
  • the following enhancements are required to support data transmission based on PDU Set; for example, when submitting a PDCP PDU to the lower layer, the sending PDCP entity needs to do the following:
  • the sending PDCP entity when the sending PDCP entity is associated with at least two of the RLC entities, and PDCP retransmission is activated, and the PDCP entity is configured for application-level PDU Set: copy the PDCP data PDU, and submit the PDCP data PDU to the associated RLC entity with PDCP retransmission activated according to the first information.
  • the sending PDCP entity is associated with at least two RLC entities, PDCP retransmission is activated for the radio bearer, and the PDCP entity is configured for application-level PDU Set, then the PDCP data PDU is copied and submitted to the associated RLC entity with PDCP retransmission activated based on the first information (e.g., "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)").
  • the first information e.g., "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)"
  • a separate secondary RLC entity is configured for at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information, and when the size of the PDCP data PDU is equal to or higher than a first threshold, the PDCP data PDU is submitted to the primary RLC entity or the separated secondary RLC entity according to the first information; and/or, when the size of the PDCP data PDU is lower than the first threshold, the PDCP data PDU is submitted to the corresponding primary RLC entity according to the first information.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the sending PDCP entity is associated with at least two RLC entities, PDCP repeated transmission is not configured or deactivated for the wireless bearer
  • the PDCP entity is configured for application-level PDU Set, and a separate secondary RLC entity is configured for the PDU Set corresponding to the first information (e.g., "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)"
  • the PDCP data PDU can be submitted to the main RLC entity or the separated secondary RLC entity based on the first information (e.g., "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)"); when it is lower than the threshold, the PDCP data PDU is submitted to the corresponding main RLC entity according to the first information (e.g., "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)").
  • the PDCP entity sent is associated with a DAPS bearer and the PDCP entity is configured for an application-level PDU Set: when uplink data switching is not required: submit the PDCP data PDU to the RLC entity associated with the source cell according to the first information; when uplink data switching is required: submit the PDCP data PDU to the RLC entity associated with the target cell according to the first information, and, for the PDCP control PDU associated with the source cell, submit the PDCP control PDU to any RLC entity associated with the source cell, and for the PDCP control PDU associated with the target cell, submit the PDCP control PDU to any RLC entity associated with the target cell.
  • the sending PDCP entity is associated with a DAPS bearer and the PDCP entity is configured for an application-level PDU Set
  • the PDCP data PDU is submitted to the RLC entity associated with the source cell based on the first information (e.g., "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)"); otherwise: for the PDCP data PDU, based on the first information (e.g., "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)"
  • the PDCP data PDU is submitted to the RLC entity associated with the target cell; for the PDCP control PDU associated with the source cell, it is submitted to any RLC entity associated with the source cell; and for the PDCP control PDU associated with the target cell, it is submitted to any RLC entity associated with the target cell.
  • the number of PDCP SDUs submitted to the lower layer is minimized before receiving a lower layer request, and the PDCP sequence number interval between the PDCP SDUs submitted to the two RLC entities corresponding to the same predetermined first information is minimized.
  • the terminal device should minimize the number of PDCP SDUs submitted to the lower layer before receiving the lower layer request, and minimize the PDCP sequence number interval between the two associated RLC entities. Thereby, the PDCP reordering delay of the receiving PDCP entity is minimized.
  • first information e.g., "importance information of protocol data unit set (PDU Set)
  • the network side can activate or deactivate PDCP repeated transmission for all or part of the RLC entities associated with the PDU Set corresponding to the configured DRB that has the same first information (for example, "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)").
  • first information for example, "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)"
  • the "duplicationState-XR" field in the first signaling is semi-statically configured while being activated or deactivated through a more dynamic second signaling.
  • the method further comprises:
  • a second signaling wherein the second signaling activates and/or deactivates repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); in some embodiments, the second signaling is MAC CE; when the second signaling indicates activation of one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) with the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission, indicate the activation information to the upper layer; and/or, when the second signaling indicates deactivation of one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) with the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission, indicate the deactivation information to the upper layer.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the name of the second signaling is "Duplication RLC for PDU Set Activation/Deactivation MAC CE"; if the DRB used for PDU Set is configured for PDCP repeated transmission, the MAC entity needs to perform the following operations: If "Duplication RLC for PDU Set Activation/Deactivation MAC CE" is received, indicating that one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) with the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission are activated, then a data radio bearer (DRB) with the same predetermined first information carried by the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) will be activated.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the activation information for activating one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) of the predetermined first information is indicated to the upper layer; if "Duplication RLC for PDU Set Activation/Deactivation MAC CE" is received, in the case of deactivating one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) with the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP duplicate transmission, then the deactivation information for deactivating one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) with the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) is indicated to the upper layer.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the activation information and/or the deactivation information includes: a DRB identification field, which indicates the identification of the DRB corresponding to the second signaling; a first information (i) field, which indicates the first information value with index position (i); an RLC (ij) field, which indicates the PDCP repetition transmission activation/deactivation status of the RLC entity (j) associated with the first information (i); wherein (j) is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identification of the non-primary RLC entity associated with the first information (i), and is sorted in the order of MCG first and then SCG; when the RLC (ij) field is set to the first value, it indicates that the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity (j) is activated; when the RLC (ij) field is set to the second value, it indicates that the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity (j) is deactivated.
  • a DRB identification field which indicates the identification of the DRB corresponding to the second signaling
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a second signaling according to an implementation manner of the present application.
  • the second signaling "Duplication RLC for PDU Set Activation/Deactivation MAC CE" is identified by a MAC subheader with the specified eLCID (extended logical channel ID).
  • the length of the MAC CE is variable and contains N+1 bytes, where N is the number of different PDU Set Importance values corresponding to the RLC entities that need to be activated/deactivated.
  • the DRB identification field indicates the identification of the DRB targeted by the MAC CE, for example, the field length is 5 bits; the first information (i) field (PDU Set Importance i) field indicates the PDU Set Importance value at index i, for example, the field length is assumed to be 5 bits; the RLC (ij) field (RLCij) field indicates the PDCP repetition transmission activation/deactivation status of the RLC entity j associated with PDU Set Importance i; wherein j is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of the non-primary RLC entities associated with PDU Set Importance i, and in the order of MCG and SCG; for example, if the RLCij field is set to 1, then the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity j is activated; if the RLCij field is set to 0, then the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity j is deactivated.
  • DRB ID field indicates the identification of the DRB targeted by the MAC
  • Figure 5 takes the first information (i) field (PDU Set Importance i) field as 5 bits as an example, wherein each byte (Oct 2-Oct N+1 in Figure 5) can indicate the PDCP repeated transmission activation status of each non-primary RLC entity corresponding to a PDU Set corresponding to a PDU Set Importance information; if the number of non-primary RLC entities is less than 3, then the value of the corresponding high (or low) bit in RLCij is ignored; wherein, if the first information (i) field (PDU Set Importance i) field is other bit lengths, the format design can be performed according to other methods, such as adding reserved bits (R) and other methods, and the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • R reserved bits
  • activating and/or deactivating repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) through the second signaling also includes: simultaneously activating/deactivating RLC entities associated with multiple DRBs.
  • FIG. 6 is another schematic diagram of the second signaling of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the second signaling "Duplication RLC for PDU Set Activation/Deactivation MAC CE" is identified by a MAC subheader with a specified eLCID (extended logical channel ID); for example, the length of the MAC CE is variable, including 2N bytes, N is the number of different combination values corresponding to the RLC entity that needs to be activated/deactivated, for example, the combination is (DRB ID, PDU Set Importance).
  • every two bytes represent the PDCP activation/deactivation state of a non-primary RLC entity corresponding to a (DRB, PDU Set Importance) combination value.
  • DRB DRB
  • PDU Set Importance the content of the specific fields of FIG6 is similar to that of FIG5 , and will not be repeated here.
  • the above two types of MAC CE can also be supported simultaneously. For example, when it is necessary to activate/deactivate RLC entities associated with multiple PDU Set Importance values in the same DRB, the MAC CE format shown in Figure 5 is used, and when it is necessary to activate/deactivate RLC entities associated with multiple DRBs, the MAC CE format shown in Figure 6 is used.
  • the present application performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching on the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, and reducing resource waste.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, which is applied to a network device side.
  • the embodiment of the present application can be combined with the embodiment of the first aspect, or can be implemented separately. The same contents as the embodiment of the first aspect are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a data sending method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7 , the method includes:
  • the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a PDCP entity corresponding to a data radio bearer (DRB); and/or, the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • one of the data radio bearers includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • the present application performs repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or DAPS switching of the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, reducing resource waste, and ensuring the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meeting the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the first signaling includes a first field, wherein the first field configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission; and/or the first field configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission; when the value of the first field is true, the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, and/or when the value of the first field is false, the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity deactivates repeated transmission.
  • the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity when the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, performs repeated transmission when applicable, including: performing repeated transmission between RLC entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the first signaling when the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission; the first signaling also includes a second field, wherein the second field indicates at least one primary path; and/or the first signaling also includes a third field, wherein the third field indicates at least one secondary path of separate transmission.
  • the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable; wherein the main path and/or auxiliary path of the separate transmission is determined based on the second field and/or the third field.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable, including: when at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information corresponds to multiple RLC entities and the multiple RLC entities belong to different cell groups, separate transmission is performed on the multiple RLC entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the first signaling also includes a fourth field, wherein the first field is ignored when the fourth field is configured, wherein the fourth field configures the repeated transmission activation and/or deactivation status of each non-primary RLC entity corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the first signaling is an RRC-Reconfiguration message; the second field and/or the third field and/or the fourth field are included in a configuration field for configuring parameters related to the PDCP entity.
  • the second field includes a first list, wherein the first list includes: a logical channel identifier (LCID) of a primary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity used for uplink data transmission when the PDU group is associated with multiple RLC entities.
  • LCID logical channel identifier
  • the primary RLC entity belongs to a cell group corresponding to a cell group field in a primary path field.
  • the first list is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifier (LCID).
  • LCID logical channel identifier
  • the third field includes a second list, wherein the second list includes: a logical channel identifier corresponding to a separated secondary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity indicated for uplink data transmission to fall back to a separated bearer when the DRB corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separated bearer.
  • the second list is arranged in ascending order of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity; wherein, when the primary RLC entity corresponding to a specific index position in the third field does not have a corresponding separated secondary RLC entity in a different cell group, the third field of the index position is ignored.
  • the fourth field includes a third list, and the third list indicates the status of repeated transmission of each associated uplink RLC entity when the first signaling is received.
  • each value in the third list of the fourth field is an X-bit bitmap
  • the bitmap indicates whether other non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the index position are in a repeated transmission activation or deactivation state; in the case where the bit is the first value, the repeated transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is activated; wherein the indication order of the X bits is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of other associated RLC entities except the primary RLC entity, and is sorted in order of the primary cell group and the secondary cell group.
  • the high-order indication of the bitmap is ignored; and/or the repeated transmission status corresponding to the master RLC entity of the fourth field is arranged in ascending order of the value of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the master RLC entity of the corresponding first field; and/or when the master RLC entity of a specific index has no corresponding non-master RLC entity, the fourth field of the index position is ignored.
  • the method further comprises:
  • Send a second signaling wherein the second signaling activates and/or deactivates repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the second signaling is a MAC CE
  • the second signaling includes activation information or deactivation information of one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the activation information and/or the deactivation information includes: a DRB identification field, which indicates the identification of the DRB corresponding to the second signaling; a first information (i) field, which indicates the first information value with index position (i); an RLC (ij) field, which indicates the PDCP repetition transmission activation/deactivation status of the RLC entity j associated with the first information (i); wherein (j) is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identification of the non-primary RLC entity associated with the first information (i), and is sorted in the order of MCG first and then SCG; when the RLC (ij) field is set to the first value, it indicates that the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity (j) is activated; when the RLC (ij) field is set to the second value, it indicates that the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity (j) is deactivated.
  • a DRB identification field which indicates the identification of the DRB corresponding to the second signaling
  • FIG. 7 is only a schematic illustration of the embodiment of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the execution order between the various operations can be appropriately adjusted, and other operations can be added or some operations can be reduced.
  • Those skilled in the art can make appropriate modifications based on the above content, and are not limited to the description of the above FIG. 7.
  • the present application performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching on the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, reducing resource waste, and ensuring the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meeting the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission device, which may be, for example, a terminal device, or may be one or more components or assemblies configured in the terminal device; in addition, the same contents as those in the embodiment of the first aspect are not repeated here.
  • FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG8 , the data transmission device 800 includes:
  • a transmission unit 801 which performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or dual active protocol stack (DAPS) switching on a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information,
  • DAPS dual active protocol stack
  • one of the data radio bearers includes at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) is repeatedly transmitted and/or separately transmitted and/or DAPS switched according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, reducing resource waste, and ensuring the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meeting the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
  • the transmission unit 801 includes: a mapping unit 8011, which maps the at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group on the data radio bearer (DRB) to a corresponding radio link control (RLC) bearer based on the configuration related to the repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) switching.
  • a mapping unit 8011 which maps the at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group on the data radio bearer (DRB) to a corresponding radio link control (RLC) bearer based on the configuration related to the repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) switching.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • RLC radio link control
  • the first information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Protocol Data unit set (PDU Set)
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the start and/or end flag of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
  • PDU Set Protocol Data unit set
  • the identification information of the protocol data unit (PDU) group is the identification information of the protocol data unit (PDU) group.
  • the data transmission device 800 also includes: a first receiving unit 802, which receives a first signaling, wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity corresponding to the data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or deactivation state of the repeated transmission.
  • a first receiving unit 802 which receives a first signaling, wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity corresponding to the data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or deactivation state of the repeated transmission.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the first signaling includes a first field, wherein the first field configures repeated transmission and/or separated transmission; and/or the first field configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
  • the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, and the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, and/or
  • the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission, and a radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity deactivates repeated transmission.
  • RLC radio link control
  • the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity when configured to activate repeated transmission, performs repeated transmission when applicable, including: performing repeated transmission between radio link control (RLC) entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • RLC radio link control
  • the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission;
  • the first signaling also includes a second field, wherein the second field indicates at least one primary path; and/or the first signaling also includes a third field, wherein the third field indicates at least one secondary path of separate transmission.
  • the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable; wherein the main path and/or auxiliary path of the separate transmission is determined based on the second field and/or the third field.
  • the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity implementing or falling back to separate transmission when applicable includes:
  • the multiple radio link control (RLC) entities corresponding to the at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) are transmitted separately.
  • the first signaling also includes a fourth field, wherein the first field is ignored when the fourth field is configured, wherein the fourth field configures the repeated transmission activation and/or deactivation status of each non-primary radio link control (RLC) entity corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • RLC radio link control
  • the first signaling is a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration (RRC-Reconfiguration) message; the second field and/or the third field and/or the fourth field are included in the configuration field for configuring parameters related to the PDCP entity.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the second field includes a first list, wherein the first list includes: a logical channel identifier (LCID) of a primary radio link control (RLC) entity, wherein the logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary radio link control (RLC) entity is a logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary radio link control (RLC) entity used for uplink data transmission when the protocol data unit (PDU) group is associated with multiple radio link control (RLC) entities.
  • LCID logical channel identifier
  • RLC logical channel identifier
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • RLC radio link control
  • the primary RLC entity belongs to a cell group corresponding to a cell group field in a primary path field.
  • the first list is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifier (LCID).
  • LCID logical channel identifier
  • the third field includes a second list, wherein the second list includes: a logical channel identifier corresponding to a separated secondary radio link control (RLC) entity, wherein the logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary radio link control (RLC) entity is a logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary radio link control (RLC) entity indicated for uplink data transmission to fall back to a separated bearer when the data radio bearer (DRB) corresponding to the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is a separated bearer.
  • RLC logical channel identifier corresponding to a separated secondary radio link control
  • RLC logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary radio link control
  • RLC packet data convergence protocol
  • the second list is arranged in ascending order of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity; wherein, when the primary RLC entity corresponding to a specific index position in the third field does not have a corresponding separated secondary RLC entity in a different cell group, the third field of the index position is ignored.
  • the fourth field includes a third list indicating a status of repeated transmission of each associated uplink radio link control (RLC) entity when the first signaling is received.
  • RLC radio link control
  • each value in the third list of the fourth field is an X-bit bitmap
  • the bitmap indicates whether other non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the index position are in a repeated transmission activation or deactivation state; in the case where the bit is the first value, the repeated transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is activated; wherein the indication order of the X bits is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of other associated RLC entities except the primary RLC entity, and is sorted in order of the primary cell group and the secondary cell group.
  • the high-order indication of the bitmap is ignored; and/or the repeated transmission status corresponding to the master RLC entity of the fourth field is arranged in ascending order of the value of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the master RLC entity of the corresponding first field; and/or when the master RLC entity of a specific index has no corresponding non-master RLC entity, the fourth field of the index position is ignored.
  • the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity corresponding to the data radio bearer (DRB) performs a dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) switch when applicable; wherein, the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped to two radio link control (RLC) entities available for uplink transmission carried by the dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) bearer, and when one of the two radio link control (RLC) entities available for uplink transmission is for a source cell and the other of the two radio link control (RLC) entities available for uplink transmission is for a target cell, the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) performs a dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) switch.
  • DAPS dual activation protocol stack
  • each of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups is associated with the same number of RLC bearers in each cell group.
  • the number of radio link control (RLC) entities associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is determined by at least one of the following:
  • Radio Link Control (RLC) mode Radio Link Control
  • the transmission unit 801 also includes: a submission unit 8012, which submits the data service data unit (SDU) to the corresponding radio link control (RLC) entity according to the first information in the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) header of the data service data unit (SDU) and the mapping relationship from the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) configured by the radio resource control (RRC) to the radio link control (RLC) bearer, and/or the repeated transmission activation status of the radio link control (RLC) entity.
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • RRC radio resource control
  • RLC radio link control
  • the submitting unit 8012 is further configured to:
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • PDU packet data convergence protocol data protocol data unit
  • RLC radio link control
  • a separate secondary radio link control (RLC) entity is configured for at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information, and when the size of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) is equal to or higher than a first threshold, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) is submitted to a primary radio link control (RLC) entity or a separate secondary radio link control (RLC) entity according to the first information; and/or, when the size of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) is lower than the first threshold, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) is submitted to the corresponding primary radio link control (RLC) entity according to the first information; and/or
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • DAPS dual activation protocol stack
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • PDU packet data protocol data unit
  • RLC radio link control
  • the submission unit 8012 is further configured to: when the sending PDCP entity is associated with at least two of the RLC entities, and PDCP retransmission is activated, and the PDCP entity is configured for application-level PDU Set: copy the PDCP data PDU, and submit the PDCP data PDU to the associated RLC entity with PDCP retransmission activated according to the first information.
  • the submission unit 8012 is further configured to: when the sent PDCP entity is associated with at least two of the RLC entities, and PDCP repeated transmission is not configured or deactivated, and the PDCP entity is configured for a PDU Set at the application level, a separate secondary RLC entity is configured for at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information, when the size of the PDCP data PDU is equal to or higher than a first threshold, submit the PDCP data PDU to the primary RLC entity or the separated secondary RLC entity according to the first information; and/or, when the size of the PDCP data PDU is lower than the first threshold, submit the PDCP data PDU to the corresponding primary RLC entity according to the first information.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the submission unit 8012 is further configured to: when the PDCP entity sent is associated with a DAPS bearer and the PDCP entity is configured for an application-level PDU Set: when uplink data switching is not required: submit the PDCP data PDU to the RLC entity associated with the source cell according to the first information; when uplink data switching is required: submit the PDCP data PDU to the RLC entity associated with the target cell according to the first information, and, for the PDCP control PDU associated with the source cell, submit the PDCP control PDU to any RLC entity associated with the source cell, and for the PDCP control PDU associated with the target cell, submit the PDCP control PDU to any RLC entity associated with the target cell.
  • the submission unit 8012 is further configured to: minimize the number of PDCP SDUs submitted to the lower layer before receiving a lower layer request, and minimize the PDCP sequence number interval between the two RLC entities corresponding to the same predetermined first information, when the PDCP entity is configured for an application-level PDU Set and the sent PDCP entity is associated with two RLC entities corresponding to the same predetermined first information.
  • the data transmission device 800 also includes: a second receiving unit 803, which receives a second signaling, wherein the second signaling activates and/or deactivates repeated transmission of a radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
  • RLC radio link control
  • the second signaling is a MAC control element (MAC CE); when the second signaling indicates activation of one or more radio link control (RLC) entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with repeated transmission of a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), the activation information is indicated to an upper layer; and/or,
  • RLC radio link control
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the second signaling indicates the deactivation of one or more radio link control (RLC) entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with repeated transmission of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), the deactivation information is indicated to the upper layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the activation information and/or the deactivation information includes:
  • a DRB identification field which indicates an identification of the DRB corresponding to the second signaling
  • An RLC (ij) field which indicates the status of PDCP repetitive transmission activation/deactivation for the RLC entity (j) associated with the first information (i); wherein (j) is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifier of the non-primary RLC entity associated with the first information (i), and is sorted in the order of MCG first and then SCG; when the RLC (ij) field is set to a first value, it indicates that the PDCP repetitive transmission of the RLC entity (j) is activated; when the RLC (ij) field is set to a second value, it indicates that the PDCP repetitive transmission of the RLC entity (j) is deactivated.
  • activating and/or deactivating repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) through the second signaling also includes: simultaneously activating/deactivating RLC entities associated with multiple DRBs.
  • the data transmission device 800 may also include other components or modules, and the specific contents of these components or modules may refer to the relevant technology.
  • FIG8 only exemplifies the connection relationship or signal direction between various components or modules, but it should be clear to those skilled in the art that various related technologies such as bus connection can be used.
  • the above-mentioned various components or modules can be implemented by hardware facilities such as processors, memories, transmitters, and receivers; the implementation of this application is not limited to this.
  • the present application performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching on the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, reducing resource waste, and can ensure the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meet the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data sending device, which may be, for example, a network device, or may be one or more components or assemblies configured in the network device, and the same contents as those in the embodiment of the second aspect will not be repeated.
  • a data sending device which may be, for example, a network device, or may be one or more components or assemblies configured in the network device, and the same contents as those in the embodiment of the second aspect will not be repeated.
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a data sending device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG9 , the data sending device 900 includes:
  • a first sending unit 901 which sends a first signaling; wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity corresponding to a data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • one of the data radio bearers includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • the present application performs repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or DAPS switching of the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, reducing resource waste, and ensuring the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meeting the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the first signaling includes a first field, wherein the first field configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission; and/or the first field configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission; when the value of the first field is true, the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, and/or when the value of the first field is false, the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity deactivates repeated transmission.
  • the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity when the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, performs repeated transmission when applicable, including: performing repeated transmission between RLC entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the first signaling when the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission; the first signaling also includes a second field, wherein the second field indicates at least one primary path; and/or the first signaling also includes a third field, wherein the third field indicates at least one secondary path of separate transmission.
  • the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable; wherein the main path and/or auxiliary path of the separate transmission is determined based on the second field and/or the third field.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable, including: when at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information corresponds to multiple RLC entities and the multiple RLC entities belong to different cell groups, separate transmission is performed on the multiple RLC entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the first signaling also includes a fourth field, wherein the first field is ignored when the fourth field is configured, wherein the fourth field configures the repeated transmission activation and/or deactivation status of each non-primary RLC entity corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the first signaling is an RRC-Reconfiguration message; the second field and/or the third field and/or the fourth field are included in a configuration field for configuring parameters related to the PDCP entity.
  • the second field includes a first list, wherein the first list includes: a logical channel identifier (LCID) of a primary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity used for uplink data transmission when the PDU group is associated with multiple RLC entities.
  • LCID logical channel identifier
  • the primary RLC entity belongs to a cell group corresponding to a cell group field in a primary path field.
  • the first list is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifier (LCID).
  • LCID logical channel identifier
  • the third field includes a second list, wherein the second list includes: a logical channel identifier corresponding to a separated secondary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity indicated for uplink data transmission to fall back to a separated bearer when the DRB corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separated bearer.
  • the second list is arranged in ascending order of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity; wherein, when the primary RLC entity corresponding to a specific index position in the third field does not have a corresponding separated secondary RLC entity in a different cell group, the third field of the index position is ignored.
  • the fourth field includes a third list, and the third list indicates the status of repeated transmission of each associated uplink RLC entity when the first signaling is received.
  • each value in the third list of the fourth field is an X-bit bitmap
  • the bitmap indicates whether other non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the index position are in a repeated transmission activation or deactivation state; in the case where the bit is the first value, the repeated transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is activated; wherein the indication order of the X bits is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of other associated RLC entities except the primary RLC entity, and is sorted in order of the primary cell group and the secondary cell group.
  • the high-order indication of the bitmap is ignored; and/or the repeated transmission states corresponding to the master RLC entities of the fourth field are arranged in ascending order of the values of the logical channel identifiers corresponding to the master RLC entities of the corresponding first field; and/or when the master RLC entity of a specific index has no corresponding non-master RLC entity, the fourth field of the index position is ignored.
  • the data sending device 900 also includes: a second sending unit 902, which sends a second signaling: wherein the second signaling activates and/or deactivates repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
  • a second sending unit 902 which sends a second signaling: wherein the second signaling activates and/or deactivates repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
  • the second signaling is a MAC CE
  • the second signaling includes activation information or deactivation information of one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the activation information and/or the deactivation information includes: a DRB identification field, which indicates the identification of the DRB corresponding to the second signaling; a first information (i) field, which indicates the first information value with index position (i); an RLC (ij) field, which indicates the PDCP repetition transmission activation/deactivation status of the RLC entity j associated with the first information (i); wherein (j) is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identification of the non-primary RLC entity associated with the first information (i), and is sorted in the order of MCG first and then SCG; when the RLC (ij) field is set to the first value, it indicates that the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity (j) is activated; when the RLC (ij) field is set to the second value, it indicates that the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity (j) is deactivated.
  • a DRB identification field which indicates the identification of the DRB corresponding to the second signaling
  • the data sending device 900 may also include other components or modules, and the specific contents of these components or modules may refer to the relevant technology.
  • FIG. 9 only exemplifies the connection relationship or signal direction between various components or modules, but it should be clear to those skilled in the art that various related technologies such as bus connection can be used.
  • the above-mentioned various components or modules can be implemented by hardware facilities such as processors, memories, transmitters, and receivers; the implementation of this application is not limited to this.
  • the present application performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching on the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, reducing resource waste, and can ensure the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meet the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, and the contents that are the same as those of the embodiments of the first to fourth aspects are not repeated here.
  • the communication system may include at least:
  • a network device that sends a first signaling; wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a PDCP entity corresponding to a data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • a terminal device which performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching on a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information,
  • one of the data radio bearers includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a network device, which may be, for example, a base station, but the present application is not limited thereto and may also be other network devices.
  • a network device which may be, for example, a base station, but the present application is not limited thereto and may also be other network devices.
  • FIG10 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 1000 may include: a processor 1010 (e.g., a central processing unit CPU) and a memory 1020; the memory 1020 is coupled to the processor 1010.
  • the memory 1020 may store various data; in addition, it may also store a program 1030 for information processing, and the program 1030 may be executed under the control of the processor 1010, thereby implementing the method described in the embodiment of the second aspect.
  • a processor 1010 e.g., a central processing unit CPU
  • the memory 1020 may store various data; in addition, it may also store a program 1030 for information processing, and the program 1030 may be executed under the control of the processor 1010, thereby implementing the method described in the embodiment of the second aspect.
  • the network device 1000 may further include: a transceiver 1040 and an antenna 1050, etc.; wherein the functions of the above components are similar to those of the prior art and are not described in detail here. It is worth noting that the network device 1000 does not necessarily have to include all the components shown in FIG10 ; in addition, the network device 1000 may also include components not shown in FIG10 , which may refer to the prior art.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal device, but the present application is not limited thereto and may also be other devices.
  • FIG11 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 1100 may include a processor 1110 and a memory 1120; the memory 1120 stores data and programs and is coupled to the processor 1110. It is worth noting that the figure is exemplary; other types of structures may also be used to supplement or replace the structure to implement telecommunication functions or other functions.
  • the processor 1110 may be configured to execute a program to implement the data transmission method as described in the embodiment of the first aspect.
  • the processor 1110 may be configured to perform the following control: repeat transmission or/and separate transmission and/or dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) switching of a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information, wherein one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • DAPS dual activation protocol stack
  • the terminal device 1100 may further include: a communication module 1130, an input unit 1140, a display 1150, and a power supply 1160.
  • the functions of the above components are similar to those in the prior art and are not described in detail here. It is worth noting that the terminal device 1100 does not necessarily include all the components shown in FIG11 , and the above components are not necessary; in addition, the terminal device 1100 may also include components not shown in FIG11 , and reference may be made to the prior art.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program, wherein when the program is executed in a terminal device, the program enables the terminal device to execute the data transmission method described in the embodiment of the first aspect.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium storing a computer program, wherein the computer program enables a terminal device to execute the data transmission method described in the embodiment of the first aspect.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program, wherein when the program is executed in a terminal device, the program causes the terminal device to execute the data sending method described in the embodiment of the second aspect.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium storing a computer program, wherein the computer program enables a terminal device to execute the data sending method described in the embodiment of the second aspect.
  • the above devices and methods of the present application can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware combined with software.
  • the present application relates to such a computer-readable program, which, when executed by a logic component, enables the logic component to implement the above-mentioned devices or components, or enables the logic component to implement the various methods or steps described above.
  • the present application also relates to a storage medium for storing the above program, such as a hard disk, a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a DVD, a flash memory, etc.
  • the method/device described in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as hardware, a software module executed by a processor, or a combination of the two.
  • one or more of the functional block diagrams shown in the figure and/or one or more combinations of the functional block diagrams may correspond to various software modules of the computer program flow or to various hardware modules.
  • These software modules may correspond to the various steps shown in the figure, respectively.
  • These hardware modules may be implemented by solidifying these software modules, for example, using a field programmable gate array (FPGA).
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the software module may be located in a RAM memory, a flash memory, a ROM memory, an EPROM memory, an EEPROM memory, a register, a hard disk, a removable disk, a CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • a storage medium may be coupled to a processor so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium; or the storage medium may be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium may be located in an ASIC.
  • the software module may be stored in a memory of a mobile terminal or in a memory card that can be inserted into the mobile terminal.
  • the software module may be stored in the MEGA-SIM card or the large-capacity flash memory device.
  • the functional blocks described in the drawings and/or one or more combinations of functional blocks it can be implemented as a general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (DSP), application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component or any appropriate combination thereof for performing the functions described in the present application.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • it can also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, such as a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in communication with a DSP, or any other such configuration.
  • a data transmission method comprising:
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • one of the data radio bearers includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • the at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group on the data radio bearer (DRB) is mapped to the corresponding radio link control (RLC) bearer.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Protocol Data unit set (PDU Set)
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the start and/or end flag of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
  • PDU Set Protocol Data unit set
  • the identification information of the protocol data unit (PDU) group is the identification information of the protocol data unit (PDU) group.
  • the method further includes: receiving a first signaling; wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of the PDCP entity corresponding to the data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures the activation state and/or deactivation state of the repeated transmission.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the first signaling includes a first field, wherein the first field configures repeated transmission and/or separated transmission; and/or the first field configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
  • the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, and/or
  • the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity deactivates repeated transmission.
  • the first signaling further includes a second field, wherein the second field indicates at least one primary path; and/or,
  • the first signaling further includes a third field, wherein the third field indicates at least one secondary path of separate transmission.
  • the main path and/or auxiliary path of the separated transmission is determined according to the second field and/or the third field.
  • the multiple RLC entities corresponding to the at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) are transmitted separately.
  • the first field is ignored when the fourth field is configured, wherein the fourth field configures the repeated transmission activation and/or deactivation status of each non-primary RLC entity corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the first signaling is a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration (RRC-Reconfiguration) message
  • RRC radio resource control
  • RRC-Reconfiguration radio resource control
  • the second field includes a first list
  • the first list includes: a logical channel identifier (LCID) of a primary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity used for uplink data transmission when the PDU group is associated with multiple RLC entities.
  • LCID logical channel identifier
  • the third field includes a second list, wherein the second list includes: a logical channel identifier corresponding to a separated secondary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity indicated for uplink data transmission to fall back to a separated bearer when the DRB corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separated bearer.
  • the second list is arranged in ascending order of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity; wherein, when the primary RLC entity corresponding to a specific index position in the third field does not have a corresponding separated secondary RLC entity in a different cell group, the third field of the index position is ignored.
  • the fourth field includes a third list
  • the third list indicates the status of repeated transmission of each associated uplink RLC entity when the first signaling is received.
  • each value in the third list of the fourth field is an X-bit bitmap, and the bitmap indicates whether other non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the index position are in a repeated transmission activation or deactivation state; in the case where the bit is the first value, the repeated transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is activated; wherein the indication order of the X bits is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of other associated RLC entities except the primary RLC entity, and is sorted in the order of the primary cell group and the secondary cell group.
  • the repetitive transmission states corresponding to the master RLC entity of the fourth field are arranged in ascending order according to the values of the logical channel identifiers corresponding to the master RLC entities of the corresponding first field;
  • the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped to two RLC entities available for uplink transmission carried by the DAPS and, in the case where one of the two RLC entities available for uplink transmission is for a source cell and the other of the two RLC entities available for uplink transmission is for a target cell,
  • Protocol Data unit Set perform DAPS switching on the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
  • each of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups has the same number of RLC bearers associated with each cell group.
  • RLC radio link control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • Radio Link Control (RLC) mode Radio Link Control
  • each PDCP entity is associated with less than or equal to M UM RLC entities for the source cell and less than or equal to M UM RLC entities for the target cell; or is associated with less than or equal to M UM RLC entities for the source cell and less than or equal to M AM RLC entities for the target cell;
  • M represents the number of different main RLC entities mapped by the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) included in the data radio bearer (DRB).
  • the data SDU is submitted to the corresponding RLC entity.
  • the PDCP entity sending is associated with at least two of the RLC entities, PDCP retransmission is activated, and the PDCP entity is configured for application level PDU Set:
  • the PDCP data PDU is copied and submitted to the associated RLC entity activated for PDCP repeat transmission according to the first information.
  • the PDCP entity sending is associated with at least two of the RLC entities, and PDCP retransmission is not configured or deactivated, and the PDCP entity is configured for application-level PDU Set,
  • a separate secondary RLC entity is configured for at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information, and when the size of the PDCP data PDU is equal to or higher than a first threshold, the PDCP data PDU is submitted to the primary RLC entity or the separated secondary RLC entity according to the first information; and/or, when the size of the PDCP data PDU is lower than the first threshold, the PDCP data PDU is submitted to the corresponding primary RLC entity according to the first information.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • uplink data switching When uplink data switching is required: submit the PDCP data PDU to the RLC entity associated with the target cell according to the first information, and, for the PDCP control PDU associated with the source cell, submit the PDCP control PDU to any RLC entity associated with the source cell, and for the PDCP control PDU associated with the target cell, submit the PDCP control PDU to any RLC entity associated with the target cell.
  • the PDCP entity is configured for an application level PDU Set and the PDCP entity sending is associated to two RLC entities corresponding to the same predetermined first information
  • the method also includes receiving a second signaling; wherein the second signaling activates and/or deactivates the repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the second signaling indicates activation of one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission, indicating activation information to an upper layer; and/or,
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the second signaling indicates the deactivation of one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission
  • the deactivation information is indicated to the upper layer.
  • activation information and/or the deactivation information comprises:
  • a DRB identification field which indicates an identification of the DRB corresponding to the second signaling
  • An RLC (ij) field which indicates the status of PDCP repetitive transmission activation/deactivation for the RLC entity (j) associated with the first information (i); wherein (j) is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifier of the non-primary RLC entity associated with the first information (i), and is sorted in the order of MCG first and then SCG; when the RLC (ij) field is set to a first value, it indicates that the PDCP repetitive transmission of the RLC entity (j) is activated; when the RLC (ij) field is set to a second value, it indicates that the PDCP repetitive transmission of the RLC entity (j) is deactivated.
  • the repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) activated and/or deactivated by the second signaling also includes: simultaneously activating/deactivating RLC entities associated with multiple DRBs.
  • a data transmission method wherein the method comprises:
  • Sending a first signaling wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a PDCP entity corresponding to a data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • one of the data radio bearers includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • the first signaling includes a first field, wherein the first field configures repeated transmission and/or separated transmission; and/or the first field configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
  • the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, and/or
  • the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity deactivates repeated transmission.
  • the first signaling further includes a second field, wherein the second field indicates at least one primary path; and/or,
  • the first signaling further includes a third field, wherein the third field indicates at least one secondary path of separate transmission.
  • the main path and/or auxiliary path of the separated transmission is determined according to the second field and/or the third field.
  • the multiple RLC entities corresponding to the at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) are transmitted separately.
  • the first field is ignored when the fourth field is configured, wherein the fourth field configures the repeated transmission activation and/or deactivation status of each non-primary RLC entity corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the first signaling is an RRC-Reconfiguration message
  • the second field and/or the third field and/or the fourth field are included in the configuration field for configuring parameters related to the PDCP entity.
  • the second field includes a first list
  • the first list includes: a logical channel identifier (LCID) of a primary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity used for uplink data transmission when the PDU group is associated with multiple RLC entities.
  • LCID logical channel identifier
  • the third field includes a second list, wherein the second list includes: a logical channel identifier corresponding to a separated secondary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity indicated for uplink data transmission to fall back to a separated bearer when the DRB corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separated bearer.
  • each value in the third list of the fourth field is an X-bit bitmap, and the bitmap indicates whether other non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the index position are in a repeated transmission activation or deactivation state; in the case where the bit is the first value, the repeated transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is activated; wherein the indication order of the X bits is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of other associated RLC entities except the primary RLC entity, and is sorted in the order of the primary cell group and the secondary cell group.
  • the repetitive transmission states corresponding to the master RLC entity of the fourth field are arranged in ascending order according to the values of the logical channel identifiers corresponding to the master RLC entities of the corresponding first field;
  • Sending a second signaling wherein the second signaling activates and/or deactivates repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • the second signaling is MAC CE
  • the second signaling includes activation information or deactivation information of one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission.
  • PDU Set protocol data unit set
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • activation information and/or the deactivation information comprises:
  • a DRB identification field which indicates an identification of the DRB corresponding to the second signaling
  • An RLC (ij) field which indicates the status of PDCP repetitive transmission activation/deactivation for the RLC entity j associated with the first information (i); wherein (j) is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifier of the non-primary RLC entity associated with the first information (i), and is sorted in the order of MCG first and then SCG; when the RLC (ij) field is set to a first value, it indicates that the PDCP repetitive transmission of the RLC entity (j) is activated; when the RLC (ij) field is set to a second value, it indicates that the PDCP repetitive transmission of the RLC entity (j) is deactivated.
  • a terminal device comprising a memory and a processor, wherein the memory stores a computer program, and the processor is configured to execute the computer program to implement the data transmission method as described in any one of Notes 1 to 32.
  • a network device comprising a memory and a processor, wherein the memory stores a computer program, and the processor is configured to execute the computer program to implement the data sending method as described in any one of Notes 33 to 51.
  • a communication system comprising:
  • a network device that sends a first signaling; wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a PDCP entity corresponding to a data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • a terminal device which performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching on a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information,
  • one of the data radio bearers includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.

Landscapes

  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present application are a data transmission apparatus, a data sending apparatus, and a method. The data transmission apparatus comprises: a transmission unit, which performs, according to first information, repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or dual active protocol stack (DAPS) handover on a protocol data unit (PDU) carried by a data radio bearer (DRB), wherein one DRB comprises at least one PDU group, and the PDU group comprises at least one PDU set having the same predetermined first information.

Description

数据传输装置、数据发送装置以及方法Data transmission device, data sending device and method 技术领域Technical Field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies.
背景技术Background technique
在3GPP标准化进展中,第五代移动通信技术(5th Generation Mobile Communication Technology,5G)技术正在研究支持先进媒体服务的关键问题、解决方案和结论。例如高数据速率低延迟(HDRLL,High Data Rate Low Latency)服务、增强现实(AR,Augmented Reality)/虚拟现实(VR,Virtual Reality)/扩展现实(XR,eXtended Reality)服务和触觉/多模态通信服务等。In the 3GPP standardization process, the fifth generation mobile communication technology (5G) is studying key issues, solutions and conclusions to support advanced media services, such as high data rate low latency (HDRLL) services, augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR)/extended reality (XR) services and tactile/multimodal communication services.
例如,在3GPP服务和网络中支持扩展现实(XR,eXtended Reality),其中,XR是不同类型现实的总称,XR的不同应用领域包括比如娱乐、医疗、教育等。For example, extended reality (XR) is supported in 3GPP services and networks, where XR is a general term for different types of reality. The different application areas of XR include entertainment, medical care, education, etc.
虚拟现实(VR,Virtual Reality)是发布的视觉和音频场景的渲染版本。当观察者或用户在应用程序定义的限制内移动时,渲染旨在尽可能自然地模拟现实世界的视觉和听觉感官刺激;增强现实(AR,Augmented Reality)是指向用户提供附加信息或人工生成的项目或覆盖在其当前环境上的内容;混合现实(MR,Mixed Reality)是AR的一种高级形式,其中一些虚拟元素被插入到物理场景中,目的是提供一种错觉,让人感觉这些元素是真实场景一部分。Virtual reality (VR) is a rendered version of a published visual and audio scene. The rendering is intended to simulate the visual and auditory sensory stimulation of the real world as naturally as possible when the observer or user moves within the limits defined by the application; Augmented reality (AR) refers to providing users with additional information or artificially generated items or content overlaid on their current environment; Mixed reality (MR) is an advanced form of AR in which some virtual elements are inserted into the physical scene with the aim of providing an illusion that these elements are part of the real scene.
扩展现实(XR)是指由计算机技术和可穿戴设备产生的所有真实和虚拟结合的环境和人机交互,其包括AR、MR、VR等代表形式及混合交叉的领域。Extended reality (XR) refers to all real and virtual combined environments and human-computer interactions generated by computer technology and wearable devices, including representative forms such as AR, MR, VR and hybrid cross-fields.
应该注意,上面对技术背景的介绍只是为了方便对本申请的技术方案进行清楚、完整的说明,并方便本领域技术人员的理解而阐述的,不能仅仅因为这些方案在本申请的背景技术部分进行了阐述而认为上述技术方案为本领域技术人员所公知。It should be noted that the above introduction to the technical background is only for the convenience of providing a clear and complete description of the technical solutions of the present application and for the convenience of understanding by those skilled in the art. It cannot be considered that the above technical solutions are well known to those skilled in the art simply because these solutions are described in the background technology part of the present application.
发明内容Summary of the invention
5G技术正在研究支持先进媒体服务的关键问题、解决方案和结论的目标包括:The key issues, solutions and conclusions that 5G technologies are studying to support advanced media services include:
-支持多模式服务的增强功能:- Enhancements to support multi-mode services:
研究是否以及如何启用应用程序在类似时间向用户提供相关的触觉和多模式数据(例如,与特定时间相关的音频、视频和触觉数据),重点关注增强策略控制的需求(例 如QoS策略协调)。Investigate whether and how to enable applications to provide relevant tactile and multimodal data to users at similar times (e.g., audio, video, and tactile data associated with a specific time), focusing on the need for enhanced policy control (e.g., QoS policy coordination).
-增强网络暴露以支持5GS与应用程序之间的交互:- Enhanced network exposure to support interaction between 5GS and applications:
研究是否以及如何在多个终端设备(user equipment,UE)之间或每个UE的多个服务质量(Quality of Service,QoS)流之间进行应用同步和QoS策略协调,以及如何在应用功能(Application Function,AF)和5G系统(5G system,5GS)之间进行交互;Study whether and how to synchronize applications and coordinate QoS policies between multiple user equipment (UE) or multiple Quality of Service (QoS) flows per UE, and how to interact between application functions (AF) and the 5G system (5GS);
研究5GS的QoS信息(例如QoS能力)和网络条件对应用程序的暴露,以实现快速编解码器/速率自适应,有助于提供所需的体验质量(Quality of Experience,QoE)(例如帮助缓解5GS拥塞)。Study the exposure of 5GS QoS information (e.g., QoS capabilities) and network conditions to applications to enable fast codec/rate adaptation that helps provide the desired Quality of Experience (QoE) (e.g., helping alleviate 5GS congestion).
-研究是否以及如何针对XR服务和媒体服务传输执行以下QoS和策略增强:- Study whether and how to perform the following QoS and policy enhancements for XR services and media services transport:
研究能够提高网络资源使用率和QoE的媒体服务的流量特性;Study the traffic characteristics of media services that can improve network resource utilization and QoE;
增强QoS框架以支持协议数据单元(Protocol Data Unit,PDU)集合(Set)粒度(例如视频/音频帧/分帧(tile)、应用数据单元、控制信息),其中PDU Set由具有相同QoS要求的PDU组成;Enhance the QoS framework to support Protocol Data Unit (PDU) Set granularity (e.g., video/audio frame/tile, application data unit, control information), where a PDU Set consists of PDUs with the same QoS requirements;
考虑到PDU Set的不同重要性,支持差异化的QoS处理。例如,合法丢弃属于不太重要的PDU Set的数据包,以减少资源浪费;Considering the different importance of PDU Set, differentiated QoS processing is supported. For example, packets belonging to less important PDU Sets can be discarded legally to reduce resource waste;
是否以及如何支持上行链路-下行链路传输协调以满足UE到用户面功能(User Plane Function,UPF)的N6接口(UPF与数据网络(Data Network,DN)的接口)终结点之间的往返时间(Round-Trip Time,RTT)延迟要求;Whether and how to support uplink-downlink transmission coordination to meet the round-trip time (RTT) latency requirements between the UE and the User Plane Function (UPF) N6 interface (the interface between the UPF and the Data Network (DN)) endpoint;
潜在的策略增强以最大限度地减少抖动,重点是来自AF(Application Function)的需求供应、PCC(policy and charging control)规则的扩展。Potential policy enhancements to minimize jitter, focusing on demand provisioning from AF (Application Function) and extension of PCC (policy and charging control) rules.
PDU集(PDU Set)或者称作PDU集合(PDU Set)包括一个或多个协议数据单元(Protocol Data Unit,PDU),这些PDU携带了在应用层生成的一个信息单元的有效载荷(例如,用于XR和媒体服务的帧或视频切片)。例如,在本发明中,PDU Set指应用级别的PDU集。在某些实现中,为了使用对应的信息单元,PDU Set中的所有PDU都被应用层所需要;在另外一些实现中,当部分PDU丢失时应用层仍然能恢复部分或者全部信息单元。此外,PDU Set具有不同QoS需求,比如优先级,重要性等。A PDU Set (PDU Set) or PDU Set includes one or more Protocol Data Units (PDUs) that carry the payload of an information unit generated at the application layer (e.g., frames or video slices for XR and media services). For example, in the present invention, a PDU Set refers to an application-level PDU set. In some implementations, all PDUs in a PDU Set are required by the application layer in order to use the corresponding information unit; in other implementations, the application layer can still recover part or all of the information unit when some PDUs are lost. In addition, a PDU Set has different QoS requirements, such as priority, importance, etc.
现有基于QoS流的QoS模型不能支持PDU Set的不同QoS需求。具体来说,PDU Set的处理有两大需求:PDU Set的集成数据包处理和PDU Set的差异化处理。The existing QoS model based on QoS flow cannot support the different QoS requirements of PDU Set. Specifically, there are two major requirements for the processing of PDU Set: integrated packet processing of PDU Set and differentiated processing of PDU Set.
在当前的5GS中,QoS流是PDU会话中QoS区分的最细粒度,5G QoS特性由5G QoS标识(5G QoS Identifier,5QI)确定,这意味着QoS流中的每个数据包都根据 相同的QoS要求进行处理。In the current 5GS, QoS flow is the finest granularity of QoS differentiation in a PDU session, and the 5G QoS characteristics are determined by the 5G QoS Identifier (5QI), which means that each data packet in the QoS flow is processed according to the same QoS requirements.
PDU Set的集成数据包处理的过程是:The integrated data packet processing process of PDU Set is:
对于XR/媒体服务,一组数据包用于承载PDU Set的有效载荷(例如,帧、视频切片/tile)。For XR/Media Services, a group of packets is used to carry the payload of a PDU Set (e.g., frame, video slice/tile).
在媒体层,这样一个PDU Set中的数据包被作为一个整体进行解码/处理。例如,只有在承载帧/视频切片的所有或一定数量的数据包被成功传送的情况下,才可以对帧/视频切片进行解码。例如,只有在成功接收到该帧所依赖的所有帧的情况下,客户端才能解码GOP(group of pictures,图片组)中的帧。因此,PDU Set中的数据包组在媒体层中具有内在的相互依赖性。如果不考虑PDU Set中数据包之间的这种依赖关系,5GS可能会以低效率执行调度。例如,5GS可能会随机丢弃一个或多个数据包,但会尝试传送同一PDU Set的其他数据包,这些数据包对客户端无用,从而浪费无线电资源。At the media layer, packets in such a PDU Set are decoded/processed as a whole. For example, a frame/video slice can be decoded only if all or a certain number of packets carrying the frame/video slice are successfully transmitted. For example, a client can decode a frame in a GOP (group of pictures) only if all frames on which the frame depends are successfully received. Therefore, groups of packets in a PDU Set have inherent interdependencies in the media layer. If such dependencies between packets in a PDU Set are not taken into account, the 5GS may perform scheduling inefficiently. For example, the 5GS may randomly drop one or more packets, but try to transmit other packets of the same PDU Set, which are useless to the client, thereby wasting radio resources.
PDU Set的差异化处理是指:Differentiated processing of PDU Set refers to:
针对XR/媒体服务的高数据速率和低延迟等特点,在Rel-18版本中,5GS QoS框架将得到增强,以支持PDU Set的不同QoS处理,其中,PDU Set可以承载不同的内容,例如I/B/P帧、I/B/P帧内的切片/tile等。由此,能够考虑到PDU Set的不同重要性,例如通过差异化地对待属于不太重要的PDU Set的数据包(即PDU)来减少资源浪费。In view of the high data rate and low latency of XR/media services, in Rel-18, the 5GS QoS framework will be enhanced to support different QoS processing of PDU Sets, where PDU Sets can carry different contents, such as I/B/P frames, slices/tiles within I/B/P frames, etc. In this way, the different importance of PDU Sets can be taken into account, for example, by treating data packets (i.e. PDUs) belonging to less important PDU Sets differently to reduce resource waste.
发明人发现:为了实现PDU Set的集成数据包处理和差异化PDU Set处理,如何对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换是需要解决的问题。The inventors have discovered that in order to achieve integrated packet processing and differentiated PDU Set processing of PDU Set, how to perform repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or DAPS switching of the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) is a problem that needs to be solved.
针对至少上述问题,本申请实施例提供一种数据传输装置、数据发送装置以及方法。根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,从而提高XRM业务的传输性能,进一步提高了在资源分配、丢包处理时的效率、减少了资源浪费,此外,可以保障差异化的PDU Set的处理以及满足PDU Set的集成数据处理需求。In response to at least the above problems, embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission device, a data sending device, and a method. According to the first information, the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) is repeatedly transmitted or/and separated and/or DAPS switched, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, and reducing resource waste. In addition, it can ensure the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meet the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供一种数据传输方法,其中,所述方法包括:According to one aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a data transmission method is provided, wherein the method includes:
根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,Repeat transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching are performed on a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information,
其中,一个所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,所述协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的所述第一信息的至少一个协 议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。Wherein, one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
根据本申请实施例的另一个方面,提供一种数据发送方法,其中,所述方法包括:According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a data sending method is provided, wherein the method includes:
发送第一信令;其中,所述第一信令配置数据无线承载(DRB)对应的PDCP实体的重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一信令配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态;Sending a first signaling; wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a PDCP entity corresponding to a data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
其中,一个所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,所述协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。Among them, one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
根据本申请实施例的另一个方面,提供一种数据传输装置,所述数据传输装置包括:According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a data transmission device is provided, the data transmission device comprising:
传输单元,其根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或双激活协议栈(DAPS)切换,a transmission unit, which performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or dual active protocol stack (DAPS) switching on a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information,
其中,一个所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,所述协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的所述第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。Wherein, one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
根据本申请实施例的另一个方面,提供一种数据发送装置,其中,所述数据发送装置包括:According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a data sending device is provided, wherein the data sending device includes:
第一发送单元,其发送第一信令;其中,所述第一信令配置数据无线承载(DRB)对应的分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体的重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一信令配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态;A first sending unit, which sends a first signaling; wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity corresponding to a data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
其中,一个所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,所述协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。Among them, one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
本申请实施例的有益效果之一在于:根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,从而提高XRM业务的传输性能,进一步提高了在资源分配、丢包处理时的效率、减少了资源浪费,此外,可以保障差异化的PDU Set的处理以及满足PDU Set的集成数据处理需求。One of the beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application is that: according to the first information, the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) is repeatedly transmitted or/and separately transmitted and/or DAPS switched, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, and reducing resource waste. In addition, it can ensure the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meet the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
参照后文的说明和附图,详细公开了本申请的特定实施方式,指明了本申请的原理可以被采用的方式。应该理解,本申请的实施方式在范围上并不因而受到限制。在所附权利要求的精神和条款的范围内,本申请的实施方式包括许多改变、修改和等同。With reference to the following description and accompanying drawings, the specific embodiments of the present application are disclosed in detail, indicating the way in which the principles of the present application can be adopted. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application are not limited in scope. Within the scope of the spirit and clauses of the appended claims, the embodiments of the present application include many changes, modifications and equivalents.
针对一种实施方式描述和/或示出的特征可以以相同或类似的方式在一个或更多个其它实施方式中使用,与其它实施方式中的特征相组合,或替代其它实施方式中的特征。Features described and/or illustrated with respect to one embodiment may be used in the same or similar manner in one or more other embodiments, combined with features in other embodiments, or substituted for features in other embodiments.
应该强调,术语“包括/包含”在本文使用时指特征、整件、步骤或组件的存在,但并不排除一个或更多个其它特征、整件、步骤或组件的存在或附加。It should be emphasized that the term “include/comprises” when used herein refers to the presence of features, integers, steps or components, but does not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps or components.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
在本申请实施例的一个附图或一种实施方式中描述的元素和特征可以与一个或更多个其它附图或实施方式中示出的元素和特征相结合。此外,在附图中,类似的标号表示几个附图中对应的部件,并可用于指示多于一种实施方式中使用的对应部件。The elements and features described in one figure or one implementation of the present application embodiment may be combined with the elements and features shown in one or more other figures or implementations. In addition, in the accompanying drawings, similar reference numerals represent corresponding parts in several figures and can be used to indicate corresponding parts used in more than one implementation.
图1是本申请实施例的QoS流的分类以及用户平面标记的原理以及到接入网资源的映射的示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of the classification of QoS flows and the principle of user plane marking and mapping to access network resources according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例PDU Set在层2的映射结构图;FIG2 is a diagram showing the mapping structure of PDU Set at layer 2 according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例的数据传输方法的一示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4A是本申请实施方式的分离承载的结构的一示意图;FIG4A is a schematic diagram of a separate support structure according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4B是本申请实施方式的分离承载的结构的另一示意图;FIG4B is another schematic diagram of a separate support structure according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施方式的第二信令的一示意图;FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a second signaling according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施方式的第二信令的另一示意图;FIG6 is another schematic diagram of the second signaling according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例的数据发送方法的一示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a data sending method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例的数据传输装置的一示意图;FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例的数据发送装置的一示意图;FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a data sending device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例的网络设备的构成示意图;FIG10 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例的终端设备的示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
参照附图,通过下面的说明书,本申请的前述以及其它特征将变得明显。在说明书和附图中,具体公开了本申请的特定实施方式,其表明了其中可以采用本申请的原则的部分实施方式,应了解的是,本申请不限于所描述的实施方式,相反,本申请包括落入所附权利要求的范围内的全部修改、变型以及等同物。With reference to the accompanying drawings, the above and other features of the present application will become apparent through the following description. In the description and the accompanying drawings, specific embodiments of the present application are specifically disclosed, which show some embodiments in which the principles of the present application can be adopted. It should be understood that the present application is not limited to the described embodiments. On the contrary, the present application includes all modifications, variations and equivalents falling within the scope of the attached claims.
在本申请实施例中,术语“第一”、“第二”等用于对不同元素从称谓上进行区分,但并不表示这些元素的空间排列或时间顺序等,这些元素不应被这些术语所限制。术语“和 /或”包括相关联列出的术语的一种或多个中的任何一个和所有组合。术语“包含”、“包括”、“具有”等是指所陈述的特征、元素、元件或组件的存在,但并不排除存在或添加一个或多个其他特征、元素、元件或组件。In the embodiments of the present application, the terms "first", "second", etc. are used to distinguish different elements from the title, but do not represent the spatial arrangement or time sequence of these elements, etc., and these elements should not be limited by these terms. The term "and/or" includes any one and all combinations of one or more of the terms listed in association. The terms "comprise", "include", "have", etc. refer to the existence of the stated features, elements, components or components, but do not exclude the existence or addition of one or more other features, elements, components or components.
在本申请实施例中,单数形式“一”、“该”等包括复数形式,应广义地理解为“一种”或“一类”而并不是限定为“一个”的含义;此外术语“所述”应理解为既包括单数形式也包括复数形式,除非上下文另外明确指出。此外术语“根据”应理解为“至少部分根据……”,术语“基于”应理解为“至少部分基于……”,除非上下文另外明确指出。In the embodiments of the present application, the singular forms "a", "the", etc. include plural forms and should be broadly understood as "a kind" or "a type" rather than being limited to the meaning of "one"; in addition, the term "said" should be understood to include both singular and plural forms, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. In addition, the term "according to" should be understood as "at least in part according to...", and the term "based on" should be understood as "at least in part based on...", unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
在本申请实施例中,术语“通信网络”或“无线通信网络”可以指符合如下任意通信标准的网络,例如长期演进(LTE,Long Term Evolution)、增强的长期演进(LTE-A,LTE-Advanced)、宽带码分多址接入(WCDMA,Wideband Code Division Multiple Access)、高速报文接入(HSPA,High-Speed Packet Access)等等。In an embodiment of the present application, the term "communication network" or "wireless communication network" may refer to a network that complies with any of the following communication standards, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE), enhanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA), and the like.
并且,通信系统中设备之间的通信可以根据任意阶段的通信协议进行,例如可以包括但不限于如下通信协议:1G(generation)、2G、2.5G、2.75G、3G、4G、4.5G以及5G、新无线(NR,New Radio)等等,和/或其他目前已知或未来将被开发的通信协议。Furthermore, communication between devices in the communication system may be carried out according to communication protocols of any stage, such as but not limited to the following communication protocols: 1G (generation), 2G, 2.5G, 2.75G, 3G, 4G, 4.5G and 5G, New Radio (NR), etc., and/or other communication protocols currently known or to be developed in the future.
在本申请实施例中,术语“网络设备”例如是指通信系统中将终端设备接入通信网络并为该终端设备提供服务的设备。网络设备可以包括但不限于如下设备:基站(BS,Base Station)、接入点(AP、Access Point)、发送接收点(TRP,Transmission Reception Point)、广播发射机、移动管理实体(MME、Mobile Management Entity)、网关、服务器、无线网络控制器(RNC,Radio Network Controller)、基站控制器(BSC,Base Station Controller)等等。In the embodiments of the present application, the term "network device" refers to, for example, a device in a communication system that connects a terminal device to a communication network and provides services for the terminal device. The network device may include, but is not limited to, the following devices: base station (BS), access point (AP), transmission reception point (TRP), broadcast transmitter, mobile management entity (MME), gateway, server, radio network controller (RNC), base station controller (BSC), etc.
其中,基站可以包括但不限于:节点B(NodeB或NB)、演进节点B(eNodeB或eNB)以及5G基站(gNB),等等,此外还可包括远端无线头(RRH,Remote Radio Head)、远端无线单元(RRU,Remote Radio Unit)、中继(relay)或者低功率节点(例如femeto、pico等等)。并且术语“基站”可以包括它们的一些或所有功能,每个基站可以对特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖。术语“小区”可以指的是基站和/或其覆盖区域,这取决于使用该术语的上下文。Among them, base stations may include but are not limited to: Node B (NodeB or NB), evolved Node B (eNodeB or eNB) and 5G base station (gNB), etc., and may also include remote radio heads (RRH, Remote Radio Head), remote radio units (RRU, Remote Radio Unit), relays or low-power nodes (such as femeto, pico, etc.). And the term "base station" may include some or all of their functions, and each base station can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area. The term "cell" can refer to a base station and/or its coverage area, depending on the context in which the term is used.
在本申请实施例中,术语“用户设备”(UE,User Equipment)或者“终端设备”(TE,Terminal Equipment或Terminal Device)例如是指通过网络设备接入通信网络并接收网络服务的设备。终端设备可以是固定的或移动的,并且也可以称为移动台(MS,Mobile Station)、终端、用户台(SS,Subscriber Station)、接入终端(AT,Access Terminal)、 站,等等。In the embodiments of the present application, the term "user equipment" (UE) or "terminal equipment" (TE) refers to, for example, a device that accesses a communication network through a network device and receives network services. The terminal device may be fixed or mobile, and may also be referred to as a mobile station (MS), a terminal, a subscriber station (SS), an access terminal (AT), a station, and the like.
其中,终端设备可以包括但不限于如下设备:蜂窝电话(Cellular Phone)、个人数字助理(PDA,Personal Digital Assistant)、无线调制解调器、无线通信设备、手持设备、机器型通信设备、膝上型计算机、无绳电话、智能手机、智能手表、数字相机,等等。Among them, terminal devices may include but are not limited to the following devices: cellular phones, personal digital assistants (PDA, Personal Digital Assistant), wireless modems, wireless communication devices, handheld devices, machine-type communication devices, laptop computers, cordless phones, smart phones, smart watches, digital cameras, etc.
再例如,在物联网(IoT,Internet of Things)等场景下,终端设备还可以是进行监控或测量的机器或装置,例如可以包括但不限于:机器类通信(MTC,Machine Type Communication)终端、车载通信终端、设备到设备(D2D,Device to Device)终端、机器到机器(M2M,Machine to Machine)终端,等等。For another example, in scenarios such as the Internet of Things (IoT), the terminal device can also be a machine or device for monitoring or measuring, such as but not limited to: machine type communication (MTC) terminal, vehicle-mounted communication terminal, device to device (D2D) terminal, machine to machine (M2M) terminal, and so on.
此外,术语“网络侧”或“网络设备侧”是指网络的一侧,可以是某一基站,也可以包括如上的一个或多个网络设备。术语“用户侧”或“终端侧”或“终端设备侧”是指用户或终端的一侧,可以是某一UE,也可以包括如上的一个或多个终端设备。本文在没有特别指出的情况下,“设备”可以指网络设备,也可以指终端设备。In addition, the term "network side" or "network device side" refers to one side of the network, which may be a base station, or may include one or more network devices as above. The term "user side" or "terminal side" or "terminal device side" refers to one side of the user or terminal, which may be a UE, or may include one or more terminal devices as above. Unless otherwise specified herein, "device" may refer to either a network device or a terminal device.
以下通过示例对本申请实施例的场景进行说明,但本申请不限于此。The following describes the scenarios of the embodiments of the present application through examples, but the present application is not limited thereto.
图1是本申请实施例的QoS流的分类以及用户平面标记的原理以及到接入网资源的映射的示意图。为简单起见,图1仅示意性说明了QoS流的分类以及用户平面标记的原理以及到接入网资源的映射。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the classification of QoS flows and the principle of user plane marking and mapping to access network resources according to an embodiment of the present application. For simplicity, Figure 1 only schematically illustrates the classification of QoS flows and the principle of user plane marking and mapping to access network resources.
由于传统QoS流不适用于具有不同重要性和QoS要求的不同类型PDU Set的相同XR/媒体(XRM)服务流(例如视频流)。3GPP提出扩展基于QoS流(QoS Flow)的QoS框架,一个QoS流包含多个子QoS流,其中,属于QoS流的不同类型的PDU Set映射到相关QoS流的不同子QoS流(sub QoS Flow),QoS流仍然有一个QoS配置文件,它被命名为主QoS配置文件(QoS profile)。一个QoS流的每个子QoS流都有自己的QoS Profile,称为子QoS配置文件(sub QoS profile)。Since traditional QoS flows are not applicable to the same XR/Media (XRM) service flows (e.g., video flows) with different types of PDU Sets of different importance and QoS requirements. 3GPP proposes to extend the QoS framework based on QoS flows (QoS Flows), where a QoS flow contains multiple sub-QoS flows, where different types of PDU Sets belonging to the QoS flow are mapped to different sub-QoS flows (sub QoS Flows) of the relevant QoS flow. The QoS flow still has a QoS profile, which is named the main QoS profile (QoS profile). Each sub-QoS flow of a QoS flow has its own QoS Profile, called a sub-QoS profile (sub QoS profile).
所有的子QoS配置文件和相关的主QoS配置文件具有相同的5QI,但具有不同的QoS特性。All child QoS profiles and the associated main QoS profile have the same 5QI but different QoS characteristics.
3GPP还提出了PDU Set的QoS参数以及PDU Set的QoS处理。例如,PDU Set的QoS处理可以通过动态或者非动态的策略控制和计费(Policy Control and Charging,PCC)来决定。3GPP also proposed QoS parameters for PDU Set and QoS processing for PDU Set. For example, QoS processing for PDU Set can be determined by dynamic or non-dynamic Policy Control and Charging (PCC).
发明人发现,对于上行流量,UE的非接入(non-access stratum,NAS)层可以识别以上PDU Set相关的第一信息。例如,对于上游数据包的分类,在PDU会话建立/修改期间,根据PDU会话的单网络切片选择辅助信息/数据网络名称(Single Network  Slice Selection Assistance Information/Data Network Name,S-NSSAI/DNN)为UE准备了PDU Set重要性(importance)。PDU Set重要性(importance)规则可以从5G核心网(5GC)通过会话管理过程中定义的N1会话管理(session management,SM)容器发送给UE。PDU Set重要性(importance)可以用于UE将PDU Set映射到合适的媒体访问控制(medium access control,MAC)传输缓存。如果PDU Set重要性(importance)用于QoS流或者是子QoS流的映射,UE根据QoS规则对上行用户平面流量进行分类和标记,即XRM的上行流量与QoS流和/或子QoS流的关联。The inventors found that for uplink traffic, the non-access stratum (NAS) layer of the UE can identify the first information related to the above PDU Set. For example, for the classification of upstream data packets, during the establishment/modification of the PDU session, the PDU Set importance is prepared for the UE according to the single network slice selection assistance information/data network name (S-NSSAI/DNN) of the PDU session. The PDU Set importance rules can be sent to the UE from the 5G core network (5GC) through the N1 session management (SM) container defined in the session management process. The PDU Set importance can be used by the UE to map the PDU Set to the appropriate medium access control (MAC) transmission cache. If PDU Set importance is used for mapping of QoS flow or sub-QoS flow, the UE classifies and marks the uplink user plane traffic according to the QoS rules, that is, the association of XRM uplink traffic with QoS flow and/or sub-QoS flow.
这些PDU Set相关的第一信息包括以下信息的至少一种:协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息或优先级;协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的标识信息;协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)内的协议数据单元(PDU)序列号;协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的开始和/或结束标志;协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的大小信息;协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射到的服务质量(QoS)流的标识信息;协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射到的子服务质量(QoS)流的标识信息;或者,协议数据单元(PDU)组的标识信息等。The first information related to these PDU Sets includes at least one of the following information: importance information or priority of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); identification information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); protocol data unit (PDU) sequence number within the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); start and/or end flags of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); size information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); identification information of the quality of service (QoS) flow mapped to the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); identification information of the sub-quality of service (QoS) flow mapped to the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); or identification information of the protocol data unit (PDU) group, etc.
例如,以第一信息是协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息为例,该PDU Set的重要性信息(例如可以通过0~Nmax数字表达从高到中到低的重要性)表明了PDU Set在XRM服务流中的重要性高低,或者是优先级,其还可以用于在RAN对PDU Set进行差异化处理,比如优先级处理,调度,数据丢弃等。For example, taking the first information being the importance information of a protocol data unit set (PDU Set), the importance information of the PDU Set (for example, the importance can be expressed from high to medium to low through numbers from 0 to Nmax) indicates the importance of the PDU Set in the XRM service flow, or its priority, and can also be used to perform differentiated processing of the PDU Set in the RAN, such as priority processing, scheduling, data discarding, etc.
例如核心网根据现有技术识别PDU Set的重要性信息,可以用来将PDU Set映射到不同QoS流,也可以用于映射到不同子QoS流(sub-QoS flow),也可以包含在通用无线分组业务(General packet radio service,GPRS)隧道协议用户平面部分(GPRS Tunnelling Protocol for the user plane,GTP-U)报头中通知给RAN。For example, the core network identifies the importance information of PDU Set based on existing technologies, which can be used to map PDU Set to different QoS flows, or to map to different sub-QoS flows (sub-QoS flows), or it can be included in the General packet radio service (GPRS) tunneling protocol user plane part (GPRS Tunnelling Protocol for the user plane, GTP-U) header to notify the RAN.
以上仅是以PDU Set重要性(importance)为例作为分类方法的一个例子,如果将不同PDU Set重要性(importance)的PDU Set映射到了不同QoS流或者子QoS流,也可以针对该PDU Set重要性(importance)对应的QoS流或者子QoS流进行结构设计,而相应PDU Set重要性(importance)信息,例如PDU Set重要性(importance)的标识即为对应的QoS流标识或者是子QoS流标识,本申请对此不进行限制。The above is just an example of a classification method using PDU Set importance. If PDU Sets of different PDU Set importances are mapped to different QoS flows or sub-QoS flows, a structural design can also be performed for the QoS flow or sub-QoS flow corresponding to the PDU Set importance. The corresponding PDU Set importance information, such as the PDU Set importance identifier, is the corresponding QoS flow identifier or sub-QoS flow identifier, and this application does not impose any restrictions on this.
图2是本申请实施例PDU Set在层2的映射结构图。例如,可以使用图2所示方法将对应不同PDU Set重要性(importance)的数据流映射到接入网的资源当中。例如, 这些数据叫做具有相同重要性或优先级的PDU Set的集合,PDU家族等。它们可以使用PDU Set重要性(importance)信息作为标识,也可是子QoS流的标识,也可以使用PDU优先级标记,PDU家族标识等,还可以直接使用PDU Set标识(如果将每个PDU Set看成独立的一类);如果不同对应不同PDU Set重要性(importance)信息的PDU Set被映射到不同QoS流,也可以使用QoS流标识。FIG2 is a diagram of the mapping structure of the PDU Set at layer 2 of an embodiment of the present application. For example, the method shown in FIG2 can be used to map data streams corresponding to different PDU Set importances to the resources of the access network. For example, these data are called a collection of PDU Sets with the same importance or priority, a PDU family, etc. They can use the PDU Set importance information as an identifier, or an identifier of a sub-QoS flow, or a PDU priority tag, a PDU family identifier, etc., or directly use the PDU Set identifier (if each PDU Set is regarded as an independent class); if different PDU Sets corresponding to different PDU Set importance information are mapped to different QoS flows, the QoS flow identifier can also be used.
如图2的202所示,多个类型的PDU Set可以在NAS层复用到一个XR QoS流,进而可以在RAN进行QoS流到DRB的一对一映射;在PDCP层,PDCP实体根据第一信息(例如,为PDU Set重要性(importance)信息)将DRB中的数据解复用(demultiplex)(也可称作“映射”)到不同无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)承载(bearer)中。例如,如前所述,这里一个类型的PDU Set也可以在NAS层作为子QoS流;如图2的201所示,如果一个QoS流不包含PDU set,例如可以参照现有技术,将一个QoS流映射到一个DRB上进而进行RLC实体(或者是逻辑信道)的映射。由此,能够将支持PDU Set的系统架构与支持传统QoS流的系统架构进行兼容。As shown in 202 of FIG. 2 , multiple types of PDU Sets can be multiplexed into one XR QoS flow at the NAS layer, and then a one-to-one mapping of the QoS flow to the DRB can be performed in the RAN; at the PDCP layer, the PDCP entity demultiplexes (also referred to as "mapping") the data in the DRB to different radio link control (RLC) bearers according to the first information (e.g., PDU Set importance information). For example, as mentioned above, here a type of PDU Set can also be used as a sub-QoS flow at the NAS layer; as shown in 201 of FIG. 2 , if a QoS flow does not contain a PDU set, for example, a QoS flow can be mapped to a DRB and then mapped to an RLC entity (or a logical channel) with reference to the prior art. As a result, the system architecture supporting PDU Sets can be compatible with the system architecture supporting traditional QoS flows.
在本申请中,具有相同预定种类的第一信息的值的PDU Set也可以称为PDU组、PDU Set的集合、PDU家族、数据突发(data burst)等。预定种类的第一信息可以是PDU Set的重要性信息(例如,PDU Set Importance)等。以称为PDU组为例,例如,PDU组的标识可以使用PDU Set的重要性信息,和/或,QoS流的标识(如果不同PDU Set Importance的PDU Set被映射到不同QoS流),和/或,子QoS流的标识(如果不同PDU Set Importance的PDU Set被映射到不同子QoS流),和/或,PDU优先级标记,和/或,PDU家族标识等,和/或,PDU Set的标识信息(例如将每个PDU Set看成独立的一类,即每个PDU set即为一个PDU组);本申请对此不进行一一列举。In the present application, a PDU Set having the same value of the first information of a predetermined type may also be referred to as a PDU group, a collection of PDU Sets, a PDU family, a data burst, etc. The first information of the predetermined type may be the importance information of the PDU Set (e.g., PDU Set Importance), etc. Taking the PDU group as an example, for example, the identification of the PDU group may use the importance information of the PDU Set, and/or, the identification of the QoS flow (if PDU Sets of different PDU Set Importances are mapped to different QoS flows), and/or, the identification of the sub-QoS flow (if PDU Sets of different PDU Set Importances are mapped to different sub-QoS flows), and/or, a PDU priority tag, and/or, a PDU family identification, etc., and/or, identification information of the PDU Set (e.g., each PDU Set is regarded as an independent category, that is, each PDU set is a PDU group); this application does not list them one by one.
因此,如何将带有不同第一信息的数据流映射到对应的接入网的资源当中是需要解决的问题。Therefore, how to map data streams carrying different first information to the resources of the corresponding access network is a problem that needs to be solved.
具体的,在现有技术中,在服务数据适配协议(Service Data Adaptation Protocol,SDAP)子层将QoS流映射到DRB然后映射到RLC承载,QoS流由多个应用程序级别的PDU Set组成。如果在XRM业务引进了PDU Set的概念,那么如何对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换是需要解决的问题。如果按照现有技术进行层2映射(例如从业务数据适应协议(SDAP)到分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)到无线链路控制(RLC)的映射)进而进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,将无法对QoS流中的对应不同第一信息的PDU Set进行 QoS区分,例如,无法对具有不同重要性的PDU Set进行QoS区分,从而导致在资源分配、丢包处理时效率低下、浪费资源等问题。Specifically, in the prior art, the QoS flow is mapped to the DRB and then to the RLC bearer at the Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP) sublayer, and the QoS flow consists of multiple application-level PDU Sets. If the concept of PDU Set is introduced in the XRM service, then how to repeat transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching of the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) is a problem that needs to be solved. If layer 2 mapping (for example, mapping from the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) to the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) to the radio link control (RLC)) is performed according to the prior art and then repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching is performed, it will be impossible to perform QoS differentiation on the PDU Sets corresponding to different first information in the QoS flow, for example, it is impossible to perform QoS differentiation on PDU Sets with different importance, which leads to problems such as inefficiency and waste of resources in resource allocation and packet loss processing.
针对上述问题的至少之一,本申请实施例提供一种数据传输装置、数据发送装置以及方法。In response to at least one of the above problems, embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission device, a data sending device, and a method.
第一方面的实施例Embodiments of the first aspect
本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法,其中该数据传输方法应用在终端设备侧。图3是本申请实施例的数据传输方法的一示意图,如图3所示,该方法包括:The embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, wherein the data transmission method is applied on the terminal device side. FIG3 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission method of the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG3 , the method includes:
301,根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换;301, repeat transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching of a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information;
其中,一个该数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个该协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,该协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同的该第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。其中,该相同的第一信息可以是预定的第一信息,由此,该协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。Wherein, one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same first information. Wherein, the same first information may be predetermined first information, thereby, the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
由此,根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,从而提高XRM业务的传输性能,进一步提高了在资源分配、丢包处理时的效率、减少了资源浪费,此外,可以保障差异化的PDU Set的处理以及满足PDU Set的集成数据处理需求。Therefore, the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) is repeatedly transmitted and/or separately transmitted and/or DAPS switched according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, and reducing resource waste. In addition, it can ensure the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meet the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
值得注意的是,以上附图3仅对本申请实施例进行了示意性说明,以终端设备为例,但本申请不限于此。例如可以适当地调整各个操作之间的执行顺序,此外还可以增加其他的一些操作或者减少其中的某些操作,此外,还可以调整上述操作的对象。本领域的技术人员可以根据上述内容进行适当地变型,而不仅限于上述附图3的记载。It is worth noting that the above FIG. 3 is only a schematic illustration of the embodiment of the present application, taking the terminal device as an example, but the present application is not limited thereto. For example, the execution order between the various operations can be appropriately adjusted, and other operations can be added or some operations can be reduced. In addition, the objects of the above operations can be adjusted. Those skilled in the art can make appropriate modifications based on the above content, and are not limited to the description of the above FIG. 3.
以下对于“数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组”进行详细说明。The following is a detailed description of the "Protocol Data Unit (PDU) group carried by the Data Radio Bearer (DRB)".
在一些实施方式中,一个该数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个该协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,该协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的该第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。In some embodiments, a data radio bearer (DRB) includes at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
例如,预定的第一信息包括协议预定义的第一信息,或者预配置的第一信息,本申请对此不进行限制。For example, the predetermined first information includes first information predefined by a protocol, or preconfigured first information, which is not limited in the present application.
在一些实施方式中,第一信息包括以下信息的至少一种:所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息;所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的标识信息;所述协议 数据单元集合(PDU Set)内的协议数据单元(PDU)序列号;所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的开始和/或结束标志;所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的大小信息;所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射到的服务质量(QoS)流的标识信息;所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射到的子服务质量(QoS)流的标识信息;或者所述协议数据单元(PDU)组的标识信息。例如,第一信息可以是针对上行数据,也可以针对下行数据。In some embodiments, the first information includes at least one of the following information: importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); identification information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); protocol data unit (PDU) sequence number within the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); start and/or end flags of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); size information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); identification information of the quality of service (QoS) flow to which the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped; identification information of the sub-quality of service (QoS) flow to which the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped; or identification information of the protocol data unit (PDU) group. For example, the first information may be for uplink data or for downlink data.
例如,该第一信息为协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息,其中,协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息例如可以是通过0~Nmax数字表达的协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性,以Nmax=2为例,0表示重要性“低”,1表示重要性“中”,2表示重要性“高”;也就是说,可以通过显式的数字表达表明了PDU Set在XRM服务流中的重要性高低,或者也可称为优先级;协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息可以是显式信息,也可以是隐式的信息,例如核心网根据现有技术(例如,可参考图1的用户平面功能部分)识别PDU Set的重要性信息,可以用来将PDU Set映射到不同QoS流,也可以用于映射到不同子QoS流(sub-QoS flow),也可以包含在通用无线分组业务(General packet radio service,GPRS)隧道协议用户平面部分(GPRS Tunnelling Protocol for the user plane,GTP-U)报头中通知给RAN。RAN节点及设备(基站或UE)则通过映射的QoS流或子QoS流(隐式)得到或者是GTP-U报头中的信息(显式)得到PDU Set的重要性信息。基于图2所示的接入层映射结构,由于一个DRB中的不同PDU Set可能被分到不同的RLC承载,那么针对DRB级别的重复传输机制就需要增强,否则无法实现针对PDU Set的重复传输,从而影响XRM业务的传输可靠性和低延时需求。类似的,对于分离承载(split bearer)和DAPS(dual active protocol stack,双激活协议栈)承载也需要针对PDU Set进行增强来支持XRM业务的分离传输和DAPS切换。例如,不同PDU Set重要性的PDU Set被映射到了不同的RLC承载。这样一个PDCP实体和多个RLC实体进行关联,进而根据该PDU set的重要性确定PDU Set对应的RLC实体,从而对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换。For example, the first information is the importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set), wherein the importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) can be, for example, the importance of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) expressed by numbers from 0 to Nmax, taking Nmax=2 as an example, 0 represents "low" importance, 1 represents "medium" importance, and 2 represents "high" importance; that is, the importance of the PDU Set in the XRM service flow can be indicated by an explicit digital expression, or it can also be called priority; the importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) can be explicit information or implicit information, for example, the core network identifies the importance information of the PDU Set according to the existing technology (for example, refer to the user plane function part of Figure 1), which can be used to map the PDU Set to different QoS flows, can also be used to map to different sub-QoS flows (sub-QoS flows), and can also be included in the general packet radio service (GPRS) tunneling protocol user plane part (GPRS Tunnelling Protocol for the user plane, GTP-U) header to notify the RAN. RAN nodes and devices (base stations or UEs) obtain the importance information of PDU Sets through the mapped QoS flow or sub-QoS flow (implicitly) or the information in the GTP-U header (explicitly). Based on the access layer mapping structure shown in Figure 2, since different PDU Sets in a DRB may be assigned to different RLC bearers, the repeated transmission mechanism at the DRB level needs to be enhanced, otherwise the repeated transmission of PDU Sets cannot be achieved, thus affecting the transmission reliability and low latency requirements of the XRM service. Similarly, for split bearers and DAPS (dual active protocol stack) bearers, PDU Sets also need to be enhanced to support the split transmission and DAPS switching of XRM services. For example, PDU Sets of different PDU Set importance are mapped to different RLC bearers. Such a PDCP entity is associated with multiple RLC entities, and then the RLC entity corresponding to the PDU Set is determined according to the importance of the PDU set, so as to perform repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or DAPS switching of the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB).
例如,该第一信息为协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的标识信息,也可称为数据单元集合标识(PDU Set identity,PSID),例如,“PDU Set identity(PSID)”为4比特,其中,“0000”指示第一个PDU set的标识;例如,第一信息为协议数据单元(PDU)组的标识信息,例如,可称为“PDU Set Group Identity(PSGID)”,在此不做重复说明。For example, the first information is the identification information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set), which can also be called the data unit set identification (PDU Set identity, PSID). For example, "PDU Set identity (PSID)" is 4 bits, where "0000" indicates the identification of the first PDU set. For example, the first information is the identification information of the protocol data unit (PDU) group, which can be called "PDU Set Group Identity (PSGID)", which will not be repeated here.
例如,第一信息为协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)内的协议数据单元(PDU)序列号,其中,PDU序列号的具体内容可以参见现有技术,本申请对此不进行限制。For example, the first information is a protocol data unit (PDU) sequence number within a protocol data unit set (PDU Set), wherein the specific content of the PDU sequence number can be referred to in the prior art, and the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
例如,第一信息为协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的开始和/或结束标志,例如,可以通过两个比特指示协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的开始和结束,例如,如果第一比特为“1”,则表示协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的开始;如果第二比特为“1”,则表示协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的结束。例如,开始和/或结束标志用于判断PDU Set的起始时间,可用于节能等性能增强。For example, the first information is a start and/or end flag of a protocol data unit set (PDU Set). For example, the start and end of a protocol data unit set (PDU Set) may be indicated by two bits. For example, if the first bit is "1", it indicates the start of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); if the second bit is "1", it indicates the end of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set). For example, the start and/or end flag is used to determine the start time of the PDU Set, which can be used for performance enhancement such as energy saving.
例如,第一信息为协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射到的服务质量(QoS)流的标识信息,和/或,第一信息为协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射到的子服务质量(QoS)流的标识信息;例如,根据该服务质量(QoS)流和/或子服务质量(QoS)流的标识信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换。For example, the first information is identification information of a quality of service (QoS) flow to which a protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped, and/or the first information is identification information of a sub-quality of service (QoS) flow to which a protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped; for example, a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) is repeatedly transmitted or/and separately transmitted and/or DAPS switched based on the identification information of the quality of service (QoS) flow and/or the sub-quality of service (QoS) flow.
以上仅对第一信息的具体内容进行示例性说明;可选的,可以根据第一信息中的预定的一种信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换;也可以根据第一信息中的预定的多种信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换;可选的,还可以根据第一信息中的预定的一种信息得到预定的另一种信息,进而结合该预定的一种信息和预定的另一种信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换。The above is only an illustrative description of the specific content of the first information; optionally, the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) can be repeatedly transmitted or/and separated and/or DAPS switched according to a predetermined type of information in the first information; the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) can also be repeatedly transmitted or/and separated and/or DAPS switched according to multiple predetermined information in the first information; optionally, another predetermined information can be obtained according to a predetermined type of information in the first information, and then the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) can be repeatedly transmitted or/and separated and/or DAPS switched in combination with the predetermined type of information and the predetermined type of information.
例如,可以根据协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的标识信息(PSID)确定协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息;例如采用预定义的方式确定PSID对应的重要性,例如以PSID为4比特为例,其中,PSID为“0000”-“0011”的PDU Set的重要性为“高”;PSID为“0100”-“0111”的PDU Set的重要性为“中”;PSID为“1000”-“1111”的PDU Set的重要性为“低”;在指示了对应的PSID后,即可确定PDU Set的重要性,进而对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换。For example, the importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) can be determined according to the identification information (PSID) of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); for example, the importance corresponding to the PSID is determined in a predefined manner, for example, taking a PSID of 4 bits as an example, wherein the importance of the PDU Set with a PSID of "0000"-"0011" is "high"; the importance of the PDU Set with a PSID of "0100"-"0111" is "medium"; the importance of the PDU Set with a PSID of "1000"-"1111" is "low"; after indicating the corresponding PSID, the importance of the PDU Set can be determined, and then the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) can be repeatedly transmitted or/and separately transmitted and/or DAPS switched.
以上仅以协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的标识信息(PSID)和协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息为例进行举例说明,还可以组合“第一信息”中的其他信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,本申请不对此进行一一列举。The above only takes the identification information (PSID) of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) and the importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) as examples for illustration. Other information in the "first information" can also be combined to perform repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching of the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB), which are not listed one by one in this application.
在一些实施方式中,协议数据单元(PDU)组包括一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set),或者所述协议数据单元(PDU)组包括具有相同协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息的协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的集合。In some embodiments, a protocol data unit (PDU) group includes a protocol data unit set (PDU Set), or the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes a set of protocol data unit sets (PDU Set) having importance information of the same protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
例如,每个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)都对应了不同的重要性,进而每个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)均对应一个协议数据单元(PDU)组;例如,不同协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)可能具有相同的重要性,进而可以将具有相同协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息的协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的集合设置为一个协议数据单元(PDU)组。For example, each protocol data unit set (PDU Set) corresponds to a different importance, and thus each protocol data unit set (PDU Set) corresponds to a protocol data unit (PDU) group; for example, different protocol data unit sets (PDU Sets) may have the same importance, and thus a set of protocol data unit sets (PDU Sets) with the same importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) can be set as a protocol data unit (PDU) group.
以下对于“重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换”进行详细说明。The following is a detailed description of "repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or DAPS switching".
在一些实施方式中,重复传输机制是将同一个PDCP协议数据单元(PDU)复制,重复传输分为载波聚合(carrier aggregation,CA)重复传输和双连接(dual connectivity,DC)重复传输。例如,对于CA重复传输,数据在一个节点(例如,基站)的两个载波重复2次;对于DC重复传输,数据在两个节点上重复传输,例如,每个节点可以有CA,进而一共可以重复4次。例如,DC重复传输是基于分离承载(split bearer)的,一个PDCP实体对应的RLC实体是通向两个节点(例如,基站)的;基于分离承载(split bearer)的基础上,在DC重复传输被激活的情况下,进行重复传输;在DC重复传输没有被激活的情况下,进行分离传输;在没有分离承载(split bearer)的情况下,例如没有被配置分离承载(split bearer)的情况下,进行CA重复传输,在激活CA重复传输后,在CA重复传输对应的多个RLC实体上重复传输;在去激活CA重复传输后,在CA重复传输对应的主路径上进行传输。In some embodiments, the repetition transmission mechanism is to duplicate the same PDCP protocol data unit (PDU), and the repetition transmission is divided into carrier aggregation (CA) repetition transmission and dual connectivity (DC) repetition transmission. For example, for CA repetition transmission, data is repeated twice on two carriers of a node (e.g., a base station); for DC repetition transmission, data is repeated on two nodes, for example, each node can have CA, and then a total of 4 repetitions can be made. For example, DC retransmission is based on a split bearer, and the RLC entity corresponding to one PDCP entity leads to two nodes (for example, a base station); based on the split bearer, when DC retransmission is activated, retransmission is performed; when DC retransmission is not activated, split transmission is performed; in the absence of a split bearer, for example, when a split bearer is not configured, CA retransmission is performed, and after activating CA retransmission, retransmission is performed on multiple RLC entities corresponding to the CA retransmission; after deactivating CA retransmission, transmission is performed on the main path corresponding to the CA retransmission.
在一些实施方式中,分离承载是在DC重复传输中,在主小区组(master cell group,MCG)和辅小区组(secondary cell group,SCG)中都有RLC承载的无线承载。例如,在分离承载中,一个PDCP实体对应的数据分离到两个RLC实体传输,且两个RLC实体分别关联主节点的MAC层和辅节点的MAC层;由此,重复传输可以将同一个PDCP PDU复制之后发往上述两个RLC实体同时进行传输,由此,获得高传输可靠性和低传输时延的增益。In some embodiments, the split bearer is a radio bearer that has RLC bearers in both the master cell group (MCG) and the secondary cell group (SCG) in DC repeated transmission. For example, in the split bearer, data corresponding to a PDCP entity is split to two RLC entities for transmission, and the two RLC entities are respectively associated with the MAC layer of the master node and the MAC layer of the secondary node; thus, repeated transmission can copy the same PDCP PDU and send it to the above two RLC entities for simultaneous transmission, thereby obtaining the gains of high transmission reliability and low transmission delay.
例如,针对具有相同预定的第一信息的PDU Set,主路径(primary path)包括重复传输或者分离传输中的缺省路径对应的小区组和主RLC实体(primary RLC entity,由逻辑信道标识来指示),分离的辅路径(split secondary path)包括DC重复传输回退到分离传输的在主路径对应的小区组之外的小区组上的分离的辅RLC实体(split secondary  RLC entity,由逻辑信道标识指示)。非主RLC实体(non-primary RLC entity)指除了主RLC实体之外的用于传输具有相同预定的第一信息的数据的RLC实体。For example, for a PDU Set having the same predetermined first information, a primary path includes a cell group and a primary RLC entity (indicated by a logical channel identifier) corresponding to a default path in repeated transmission or split transmission, and a split secondary path includes a split secondary RLC entity (indicated by a logical channel identifier) on a cell group other than the cell group corresponding to the primary path where DC repeated transmission falls back to split transmission. A non-primary RLC entity refers to an RLC entity other than the primary RLC entity that is used to transmit data having the same predetermined first information.
例如,对于关联到同一个PDCP实体的四个RLC实体,分别对应RLC实体0,RLC实体1,RLC实体2,RLC实体3;以及RLC实体0、RLC实体1、RLC实体2、RLC实体3承载的数据具有相同预定的第一信息;以及RLC实体0、RLC实体1属于MCG,RLC实体2、RLC实体3属于SCG;例如,配置RLC实体0为主RLC实体,RLC实体2为分离的辅RLC实体;以及除RLC实体0之外的RLC实体1、RLC实体2、RLC实体3为非主RLC实体。For example, for the four RLC entities associated with the same PDCP entity, they correspond to RLC entity 0, RLC entity 1, RLC entity 2, and RLC entity 3 respectively; and the data carried by RLC entity 0, RLC entity 1, RLC entity 2, and RLC entity 3 have the same predetermined first information; and RLC entity 0 and RLC entity 1 belong to MCG, and RLC entity 2 and RLC entity 3 belong to SCG; for example, RLC entity 0 is configured as the main RLC entity, and RLC entity 2 is a separated secondary RLC entity; and RLC entity 1, RLC entity 2, and RLC entity 3 except RLC entity 0 are non-main RLC entities.
在一些实施方式中,DAPS切换是指UE在切换中收到RRC切换消息之后保持和源基站(gNB)的连接,直到对目标基站(gNB)的随机接入成功之后释放源小区的过程。例如,DAPS承载是指在DAPS切换过程中,为了同时使用源gNB和目标gNB资源,无线协议同时位于源gNB和目标gNB的承载。In some embodiments, DAPS handover refers to the process in which the UE maintains a connection with the source base station (gNB) after receiving an RRC handover message during handover until the source cell is released after random access to the target base station (gNB) is successful. For example, a DAPS bearer refers to a bearer in which the radio protocol is located at both the source gNB and the target gNB in order to use the resources of the source gNB and the target gNB at the same time during the DAPS handover process.
以下以预定的第一信息为“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”为例对于“根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换”进行详细说明。该说明同样适用于预定的第一信息为其它内容的情况。The following takes the predetermined first information as “importance information of a protocol data unit set (PDU Set)” as an example to explain in detail “repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching of a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information”. This explanation is also applicable to the case where the predetermined first information is other content.
在一些实施方式中,将对应协议数据单元(PDU)组的QoS流映射到DRB后,需要将不同PDU Set(或者是具有不同的“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”一个或多个PDU Set)映射到不同RLC承载。如前所述,如果在NAS层将具有不同“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”的PDU Set映射到了不同QoS流,那么可以在RAN(例如,SDAP层)将XR业务流量的多个QoS流复用到一个DRB;进而,在PDCP层,PDCP实体根据“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”将DRB中的数据解复用(demultiplex)(也可称为“映射”)到不同RLC承载中。由此,一个PDCP实体和多个RLC实体进行关联。In some embodiments, after mapping the QoS flow of the corresponding protocol data unit (PDU) group to the DRB, different PDU Sets (or one or more PDU Sets with different "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)") need to be mapped to different RLC bearers. As previously described, if PDU Sets with different "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)" are mapped to different QoS flows at the NAS layer, then multiple QoS flows of XR service traffic can be multiplexed into one DRB at the RAN (e.g., SDAP layer); further, at the PDCP layer, the PDCP entity demultiplexes (also referred to as "mapping") the data in the DRB to different RLC bearers according to the "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)". Thus, one PDCP entity is associated with multiple RLC entities.
为了支持协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重复传输和/或分离传输和/或DAPS切换,在一些实施方式中,基于与该重复传输和/或分离传输和/或DAPS切换有关的配置,将所述数据无线承载(DRB)上的所述至少一个协议数据单元(PDU)组映射到对应的无线链路控制(RLC)承载(bearer)上。In order to support repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or DAPS switching of a protocol data unit set (PDU Set), in some embodiments, based on the configuration related to the repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or DAPS switching, the at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group on the data radio bearer (DRB) is mapped to a corresponding radio link control (RLC) bearer.
例如,重复传输和/或分离传输中分离承载的配置可以比较灵活,例如一个DRB在MCG和SCG都有RLC承载,但是并不是所有MCG的主RLC承载(以主RLC承载在 MCG上为例)都有与之对应(例如对应相同“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”)的SCG的RLC(分离的辅RLC承载);例如,CA重复传输的RLC承载的配置也可以比较灵活,在同一个小区组的一个DRB对应的RLC承载中,可以将某个“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”的PDU set映射到两个RLC承载,或者,只将某另一个“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”的PDU set映射到一个RLC承载;本申请对此不进行限制。For example, the configuration of separate bearers in repeated transmission and/or separate transmission can be relatively flexible. For example, a DRB has RLC bearers in both MCG and SCG, but not all primary RLC bearers of MCG (taking the primary RLC bearer on MCG as an example) have corresponding (for example, corresponding to the same "importance information of protocol data unit set (PDU Set)") RLC of SCG (separated secondary RLC bearer); for example, the configuration of RLC bearers for CA repeated transmission can also be relatively flexible. In the RLC bearer corresponding to a DRB in the same cell group, a PDU set of "importance information of protocol data unit set (PDU Set)" can be mapped to two RLC bearers, or only a PDU set of another "importance information of protocol data unit set (PDU Set)" can be mapped to one RLC bearer; the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
在一些实施方式中,该方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
302,接收第一信令;其中,该第一信令配置该数据无线承载(DRB)对应的PDCP实体的重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,该第一信令配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态。302, receiving a first signaling; wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of the PDCP entity corresponding to the data radio bearer (DRB); and/or, the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of the repeated transmission.
例如,在一些实施方式中,所述第一信令包括第一字段,其中,所述第一字段配置重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一字段配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态;在所述第一字段的值为真的情况下,所述PDCP实体被配置为激活重复传输,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下进行重复传输,和/或在所述第一字段的值为假的情况下,所述PDCP实体被配置为去激活重复传输,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体去激活重复传输;可选的,上述表述还可以替换为,在所述第一字段的值为真的情况下,所述PDCP实体被激活重复传输,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下进行重复传输,和/或在所述第一字段的值为假的情况下,所述PDCP实体被去激活重复传输,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体去激活重复传输。For example, in some embodiments, the first signaling includes a first field, wherein the first field configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission; and/or the first field configures the activation state and/or deactivation state of repeated transmission; when the value of the first field is true, the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, and/or when the value of the first field is false, the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity deactivates repeated transmission; optionally, the above statement can also be replaced by, when the value of the first field is true, the PDCP entity is activated for repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, and/or when the value of the first field is false, the PDCP entity is deactivated for repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity deactivates repeated transmission.
例如,该第一信令为RRCReconfiguration消息;该第一字段为“pdcp-Duplication”字段。For example, the first signaling is an RRCReconfiguration message; the first field is a "pdcp-Duplication" field.
例如,在PDCP实体被配置为激活重复传输(“pdcp-Duplication”值为真),那么该PDCP实体关联的所有RLC实体在适用的情况下都实行重复传输。For example, when a PDCP entity is configured to activate duplication transmission (the value of "pdcp-Duplication" is true), all RLC entities associated with the PDCP entity perform duplication transmission when applicable.
例如,在一些实施方式中,在具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的RLC实体之间进行重复传输。For example, in some embodiments, repeated transmission is performed between RLC entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
例如,对于一个“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”对应的PDU set(或者PDU组)关联了多个RLC实体的情况下,在该“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”对应的PDU set(或者PDU组)映射的所有RLC实体之间进行重复传输,例如,该所有RLC实体属于不同小区组的情况下,进行DC和/或CA重复传输;该所有RLC实体属于同一小区组的情况下,进行CA重复传输。For example, when a PDU set (or PDU group) corresponding to a "protocol data unit set (PDU Set) importance information" is associated with multiple RLC entities, repeated transmission is performed between all RLC entities mapped by the PDU set (or PDU group) corresponding to the "protocol data unit set (PDU Set) importance information". For example, when all the RLC entities belong to different cell groups, DC and/or CA repeated transmission is performed; when all the RLC entities belong to the same cell group, CA repeated transmission is performed.
例如,在PDCP实体被配置为去激活重复传输(pdcp-Duplication值为假)的情况下,该PDCP实体关联的所有RLC实体都去激活重复传输。在该PDCP实体关联的所有RLC实体都去激活重复传输的情况下,需要进一步确定回退到哪个RLC实体进行传输,以下分别举例说明:For example, when the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate duplicate transmission (the pdcp-Duplication value is false), all RLC entities associated with the PDCP entity deactivate duplicate transmission. When all RLC entities associated with the PDCP entity deactivate duplicate transmission, it is necessary to further determine which RLC entity to fall back to for transmission. The following examples are given below:
在一些实施方式中,所述第一信令还包括第二字段,其中,所述第二字段指示至少一个主路径;和/或,所述第一信令还包括第三字段,其中,所述第三字段指示至少一个分离传输的辅路径。在一些实施方式中,在所述PDCP实体对应的所述数据无线承载(DRB)是分离承载的情况下,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下实行或者回退到分离传输;其中,根据所述第二字段和/或所述第三字段确定分离传输的主路径和/或辅路径;在一些实施方式中,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下实行或者回退到分离传输包括:在具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应多个RLC实体并且所述多个RLC实体属于不同小区组的情况下,对至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的多个RLC实体进行分离传输。In some embodiments, the first signaling further includes a second field, wherein the second field indicates at least one primary path; and/or, the first signaling further includes a third field, wherein the third field indicates at least one secondary path of separate transmission. In some embodiments, when the data radio bearer (DRB) corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separate bearer, the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable; wherein the primary path and/or secondary path of the separate transmission is determined according to the second field and/or the third field; in some embodiments, the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable, including: when at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information corresponds to multiple RLC entities and the multiple RLC entities belong to different cell groups, separate transmission is performed on multiple RLC entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
例如,具体传输主路径可以由RRC信令中新增的第二字段进行指示,例如,在该PDCP对应的DRB是分离承载,那么该PDCP关联的所有RLC实体在适用的情况下实行或者回退到分离传输。例如,在该“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”对应的PDU set(或者PDU组)映射到多个RLC实体的情况下,且该多个RLC实体属于不同小区组,那么对该“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”对应的RLC承载进行分离传输。例如,通过RRC信令中新的第三字段指示具体分离传输的辅路径。(对于第二字段和第三字段的具体内容将在后续说明书中进行详细介绍)。For example, the specific main transmission path can be indicated by the newly added second field in the RRC signaling. For example, when the DRB corresponding to the PDCP is a separate bearer, all RLC entities associated with the PDCP implement or fall back to separate transmission when applicable. For example, when the PDU set (or PDU group) corresponding to the "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)" is mapped to multiple RLC entities, and the multiple RLC entities belong to different cell groups, the RLC bearer corresponding to the "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)" is transmitted separately. For example, the auxiliary path of the specific separate transmission is indicated by the new third field in the RRC signaling. (The specific contents of the second field and the third field will be described in detail in the subsequent instructions).
由此,能够支持在PDCP实体被配置为去激活重复传输(pdcp-Duplication值为假)的情况下,确定重复传输/或分离传输时该PDCP实体对应的RLC实体。Therefore, it is possible to support determining the RLC entity corresponding to the PDCP entity during repeated transmission/or separate transmission when the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission (pdcp-Duplication value is false).
在一些实施方式中,第一信令还包括第四字段,其中,在所述第四字段被配置的情况下忽略所述第一字段,其中,所述第四字段配置每个具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的非主RLC实体的重复传输激活和/或去激活状态。In some embodiments, the first signaling also includes a fourth field, wherein the first field is ignored when the fourth field is configured, wherein the fourth field configures the repeated transmission activation and/or deactivation status of each non-primary RLC entity corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
例如,在第一信令的第二字段指示了一个或多个传输主路径以及第三字段指示一个或多个分离传输的辅路径的情况下,在第四字段被配置的情况下,忽略第一字段(pdcp-Duplication)配置的值,以及所述第四字段分别配置每个“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”对应的PDCU set对应的非主RLC实体的重复传输激活状 态或去激活状态。(对于第四字段的具体内容将在后续说明书中进行详细介绍)。For example, when the second field of the first signaling indicates one or more main transmission paths and the third field indicates one or more auxiliary paths of separate transmission, when the fourth field is configured, the value configured in the first field (pdcp-Duplication) is ignored, and the fourth field configures the duplication transmission activation state or deactivation state of the non-primary RLC entity corresponding to the PDCU set corresponding to each "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)". (The specific content of the fourth field will be described in detail in the subsequent instructions).
以下对于第二字段、第三字段、第四字段的详细内容分别进行说明:The following describes the details of the second field, the third field, and the fourth field respectively:
在一些实施方式中,该第一信令为无线资源控制(RRC)重配(RRC-Reconfiguration)消息;所述第二字段和/或所述第三字段和/或所述第四字段包含在配置所述PDCP实体相关的参数的配置字段中。In some embodiments, the first signaling is a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration (RRC-Reconfiguration) message; the second field and/or the third field and/or the fourth field are included in the configuration field for configuring parameters related to the PDCP entity.
在一些实施方式中,该第二字段包括第一列表,所述第一列表包括:主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID),其中,所述主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID)是在所述PDU组关联了多个RLC实体的情况下,用于上行数据传输的主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID);在一些实施方式中,所述主RLC实体属于主路径字段里的小区组字段对应的小区组;在一些实施方式中,在所述第一列表中,由所述逻辑信道标识(LCID)的升序进行排序。In some embodiments, the second field includes a first list, wherein the first list includes: a logical channel identifier (LCID) of a primary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity used for uplink data transmission when the PDU group is associated with multiple RLC entities; in some embodiments, the primary RLC entity belongs to a cell group corresponding to a cell group field in a primary path field; in some embodiments, in the first list, the logical channel identifiers (LCIDs) are sorted in ascending order.
例如,该第二字段是一个列表或序列,以该第二字段包括第一列表为例,例如该第一列表的名称为“primaryLCH”,其表示,当PDCP实体关联了多个RLC实体,所有的用于上行数据传输的主RLC实体的LCID的列表;该主RLC实体属于“primaryPath”字段里的“cellGroup”对应的小区组;例如,该第一列表可以由逻辑信道标识的升序进行排序。For example, the second field is a list or sequence. Taking the second field including the first list as an example, for example, the name of the first list is "primaryLCH", which indicates that when the PDCP entity is associated with multiple RLC entities, it is a list of LCIDs of all primary RLC entities used for uplink data transmission; the primary RLC entity belongs to the cell group corresponding to the "cellGroup" in the "primaryPath" field; for example, the first list can be sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifier.
在一些实施方式中,该第三字段包括第二列表,其中所述第二列表包括:分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识,其中,所述分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识是在所述PDCP实体对应的DRB是分离承载的情况下,为上行数据传输进行回退到分离承载而指示的分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识;在一些实施方式中,所述第二列表按照所述分离的辅RLC实体对应的主RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识的升序排列;其中,在所述第三字段中特定索引位置对应的主RLC实体在不同的小区组没有对应的分离的辅RLC实体的情况下,忽略所述索引位置的第三字段。In some embodiments, the third field includes a second list, wherein the second list includes: a logical channel identifier corresponding to a separated secondary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity indicated for uplink data transmission to fall back to a separated bearer when the DRB corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separated bearer; in some embodiments, the second list is arranged in ascending order of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity; wherein, when the primary RLC entity corresponding to a specific index position in the third field does not have a corresponding separated secondary RLC entity in different cell groups, the third field of the index position is ignored.
例如,该第三字段包括第二列表,例如,该第二列表的名称为“splitSecondaryPath-XR”,是当PDCP实体对应的DRB是分离承载时,该第二列表为上行数据传输进行回退到分离承载而指示的分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识的列表;例如,第三字段和第二字段有一一对应关系,也就是第三字段(分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道列表)按照对应的第二字段值(主RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识)的升序排列;例如,对于同样的索引,第二字段中的值对应的RLC实体和第三字段中的值对应的RLC实体是用于传输同一个(或具有同一个“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set) 的重要性信息”)的PDU Set的;例如,对于特定某个索引的主RLC实体在不同的小区组没有对应的分离的辅RLC实体(也就是对该RLC实体没有配置分离传输),那么忽略该索引位置的第三字段。For example, the third field includes a second list, for example, the name of the second list is "splitSecondaryPath-XR", which is a list of logical channel identifiers corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity indicated for uplink data transmission to fall back to the separated bearer when the DRB corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separated bearer; for example, the third field and the second field have a one-to-one correspondence, that is, the third field (the logical channel list corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity) is arranged in ascending order of the corresponding second field value (the logical channel identifier corresponding to the primary RLC entity); for example, for the same index, the RLC entity corresponding to the value in the second field and the RLC entity corresponding to the value in the third field are used to transmit the same (or have the same "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)") PDU Set; for example, for a primary RLC entity with a specific index, if there is no corresponding separated secondary RLC entity in different cell groups (that is, separate transmission is not configured for the RLC entity), then the third field at the index position is ignored.
在一些实施方式中,该第四字段包括第三列表,所述第三列表指示在收到所述第一信令时各关联的上行RLC实体的重复传输的状态;在一些实施方式中,所述第四字段的所述第三列表中的每个值是一个X比特的位图,所述位图指示该索引位置对应的主RLC实体对应的其他非主RLC实体是处于重复传输激活或者去激活状态;在所述如果比特位为第一值的情况下,该比特位对应的RLC实体的重复传输被激活;其中,所述X比特的指示顺序按照除了该主RLC实体之外的其他关联的RLC实体的逻辑信道标识的升序进行排序,并按照主小区组和辅小区组的顺序排序;在一些实施方式中,在所述主RLC实体对应的非主RLC实体个数小于X的情况下,忽略所述位图的相应位数的高位指示;和/或所述第四字段的主RLC实体对应的重复传输状态按照对应的所述第二字段的主RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识的值的升序排列;和/或在特定索引的主RLC实体没有对应的非主RLC实体的情况下,忽略所述索引位置的所述第四字段。In some embodiments, the fourth field includes a third list, the third list indicating the state of repeated transmission of each associated uplink RLC entity when the first signaling is received; in some embodiments, each value in the third list of the fourth field is an X-bit bitmap, the bitmap indicating whether other non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the index position are in a repeated transmission activation or deactivation state; in the case where the bit is the first value, the repeated transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is activated; wherein the indication order of the X bits is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of other associated RLC entities other than the primary RLC entity, and is sorted in order of the primary cell group and the secondary cell group; in some embodiments, when the number of non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity is less than X, the high-order indication of the corresponding bit of the bitmap is ignored; and/or the repeated transmission state corresponding to the primary RLC entity of the fourth field is arranged in ascending order according to the value of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the primary RLC entity of the corresponding second field; and/or when the primary RLC entity of a specific index has no corresponding non-primary RLC entity, the fourth field of the index position is ignored.
例如,该第四字段包括第三列表,该第三列表的名称为“duplicationState-XR”,该第三列表指示在收到第一信令时各关联的上行RLC实体的重复传输的状态。例如,第三列表中的每个值是一个3比特的位图(也可以叫3个布尔型的变量序列),该位图指示了该索引位置对应的主RLC实体对应的其他非主RLC实体是处于重复传输激活还是去激活状态;例如,如果比特位为1(布尔变量为真),该比特位对应的RLC实体的重复传输被激活;如果比特位为0(布尔变量为假),该比特位对应的RLC实体的重复传输被去激活;例如,该3比特的指示顺序按照除了该主RLC实体之外的其他关联的RLC实体的逻辑信道标识的升序进行排序,并按照主小区组和辅小区组的顺序排序,例如,在该主RLC实体对应的非主RLC实体个数小于三的情况下,忽略位图的相应高位指示;和第三字段类似,第四字段和第一字段有一一对应关系,也就是第四字段(各主RLC实体对应的非主RLC实体的重复传输状态)按照对应的第二字段值(主RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识)的升序排列;例如,对于同样的索引,第二字段中的值对应的RLC实体和第四字段中的状态值对应的一个或多个RLC实体是用于传输同一个(或具有同一个“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”)的PDU Set的;如果某个索引的主RLC实体没有对应的非主RLC实体(也就是对该主RLC实体没有配置分离传输,也没有配置重复传输),那么忽略该索引位置的第四字段。For example, the fourth field includes a third list, the name of the third list is "duplicationState-XR", and the third list indicates the state of duplication transmission of each associated uplink RLC entity when the first signaling is received. For example, each value in the third list is a 3-bit bitmap (also called a sequence of 3 Boolean variables), and the bitmap indicates whether other non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the index position are in a duplication transmission activation or deactivation state; for example, if the bit is 1 (the Boolean variable is true), the duplication transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is activated; if the bit is 0 (the Boolean variable is false), the duplication transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is deactivated; for example, the indication order of the 3 bits is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of other associated RLC entities except the primary RLC entity, and is sorted in the order of the primary cell group and the secondary cell group. For example, when the number of non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity is less than three, the bitmap is ignored. Corresponding high-bit indication; similar to the third field, the fourth field has a one-to-one correspondence with the first field, that is, the fourth field (the repeated transmission status of the non-master RLC entities corresponding to each master RLC entity) is arranged in ascending order according to the corresponding second field value (the logical channel identifier corresponding to the master RLC entity); for example, for the same index, the RLC entity corresponding to the value in the second field and one or more RLC entities corresponding to the status value in the fourth field are used to transmit the same (or have the same "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)") PDU Set; if the master RLC entity of a certain index does not have a corresponding non-master RLC entity (that is, the master RLC entity is not configured for separate transmission or repeated transmission), then the fourth field at the index position is ignored.
在一些实施方式,可以将上述第二字段、第三字段、第四字段放在一个组里面对PDCP进行配置,例如名称为“moreThanOneRLC-XR”;在一些实施方式中,还可以只配置第一字段、第二字段和第三段,或者可以配置第一字段、第二字段、第三字段、第四字段;例如,在只配置第一字段、第二字段和第三段的情况下,重复传输和/或分离传输的配置是基于DRB的粒度的,例如,DRB对应PDCP实体关联的所有RLC实体均激活/或去激活重复传输;例如,在配置第一字段、第二字段、第三字段、第四字段的情况下,重复传输和/或分离传输的配置是基于RLC实体的粒度的,例如,DRB对应PDCP实体关联的特定的RLC实体可以激活/或去激活重复传输(具体内容可以参考上述方法,在此不做重复说明)。In some embodiments, the second field, the third field, and the fourth field may be placed in a group to configure PDCP, for example, named "moreThanOneRLC-XR"; in some embodiments, only the first field, the second field, and the third segment may be configured, or the first field, the second field, the third field, and the fourth field may be configured; for example, when only the first field, the second field, and the third segment are configured, the configuration of repeated transmission and/or separate transmission is based on the granularity of the DRB, for example, all RLC entities associated with the PDCP entity corresponding to the DRB activate/or deactivate repeated transmission; for example, when the first field, the second field, the third field, and the fourth field are configured, the configuration of repeated transmission and/or separate transmission is based on the granularity of the RLC entity, for example, a specific RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity corresponding to the DRB can activate/or deactivate repeated transmission (the specific content can refer to the above method, which is not repeated here).
以下是本申请针对TS38.331的协议(PDCP-Config IE)增强示例:The following is an example of protocol enhancement (PDCP-Config IE) for TS38.331:
Figure PCTCN2022130732-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022130732-appb-000001
以终端设备在双连接的情况下,以及PDCP实体对应分离承载为例,图4A是本申请实施方式的分离承载的结构的一示意图;图4B是本申请实施方式的分离承载的结构的另一示意图。Taking the case of a terminal device in dual connection and a PDCP entity corresponding to a separate bearer as an example, Figure 4A is a schematic diagram of the structure of a separate bearer in an implementation manner of the present application; Figure 4B is another schematic diagram of the structure of a separate bearer in an implementation manner of the present application.
例如,图4A以及图4B中的PDU Set 1分别被映射到主小区组网络设备RLC承载1(MN RLC1)和辅小区组网络设备RLC1(SN RLC1);PDU Set 2分别被映射到主小区组网络设备RLC承载2(MN RLC2)和辅小区组网络设备RLC2(SN RLC2)。例如,MN RLC1,MN RLC2是主RLC实体。For example, PDU Set 1 in FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B is mapped to the primary cell group network device RLC bearer 1 (MN RLC1) and the secondary cell group network device RLC1 (SN RLC1), respectively; PDU Set 2 is mapped to the primary cell group network device RLC bearer 2 (MN RLC2) and the secondary cell group network device RLC2 (SN RLC2), respectively. For example, MN RLC1 and MN RLC2 are primary RLC entities.
例如,在第一信令仅配置了第一字段、第二字段、第三字段的情况下,对应图4A所示,在第一字段(pdcp-Duplication)被配置为真,那么对PDU Set 1和PDU Set 2都进行DC重复传输,例如,PDU set 1对应的数据将在MN RLC1以及SN RLC1上重复传输;如果在第一字段(pdcp-Duplication)被配置为假,以及第二字段指示了主RLC实体(列表)为MN RLC1,MN RLC2,以及第三字段指示了主RLC实体对应的分离的辅RLC实体(列表)为SN RLC 1,SN RLC2,对PDU Set 1和PDU Set 2都进行分离传输,例如,PDU Set 1和PDU Set 2(在数据量低于第一阈值的情况下,第一阈值的详细内容将在后续介绍)分别在MN RLC1和MN RLC2上进行传输,不在SN RLC1、SN RLC2上传输。For example, in the case where only the first field, the second field, and the third field are configured in the first signaling, corresponding to Figure 4A, if the first field (pdcp-Duplication) is configured as true, then DC duplication transmission is performed on both PDU Set 1 and PDU Set 2, for example, the data corresponding to PDU set 1 will be repeatedly transmitted on MN RLC1 and SN RLC1; if the first field (pdcp-Duplication) is configured as false, and the second field indicates that the main RLC entity (list) is MN RLC1, MN RLC2, and the third field indicates that the separated secondary RLC entity (list) corresponding to the main RLC entity is SN RLC 1, SN RLC2, then both PDU Set 1 and PDU Set 2 are transmitted separately, for example, PDU Set 1 and PDU Set 2 (when the data amount is lower than the first threshold, the details of the first threshold will be introduced later) are transmitted on MN RLC1 and MN RLC2, respectively, and not on SN RLC1 and SN RLC2.
例如,在第一信令配置了第一字段、第二字段、第三字段、第四字段的情况下,对应图4B所示,如果第四字段被配置了,忽略第一字段的内容,以及,在第四字段的第三列表中的两个位图的3比特的指示分别为“001”“000”(假设位数由高到低),其中,第一位图对应的“001”指示PDU Set 1对应非主SN RLC 1实体配置为重复传输激活状态,第二位图对应的“000”指示PDU Set 2对应的非主SN RLC 2实体配置为重复传输去激活状态,进而PDU Set 1在MN RLC1和SN RLC1上进行重复传输,PDU Set 2在MN RLC2和SN RLC2上进行分离传输,例如,在数据量低于第一阈值的情况下,PDU Set 2的数据(第一阈值的详细内容将在后续介绍)只在MN RLC 2上传输。For example, in the case where the first signaling is configured with the first field, the second field, the third field, and the fourth field, as shown in corresponding FIG4B, if the fourth field is configured, the content of the first field is ignored, and the 3-bit indications of the two bitmaps in the third list of the fourth field are respectively "001" and "000" (assuming the number of bits is from high to low), wherein the "001" corresponding to the first bitmap indicates that the non-primary SN RLC 1 entity corresponding to PDU Set 1 is configured as a repeated transmission activation state, and the "000" corresponding to the second bitmap indicates that the non-primary SN RLC 2 entity corresponding to PDU Set 2 is configured as a repeated transmission deactivation state, and then PDU Set 1 is repeatedly transmitted on MN RLC1 and SN RLC1, and PDU Set 2 is separately transmitted on MN RLC2 and SN RLC2. For example, when the data volume is lower than the first threshold, the data of PDU Set 2 (the details of the first threshold will be introduced later) is only transmitted on MN RLC 2.
在一些实施方式中,在所述数据无线承载(DRB)被配置了DAPS承载的情况下,所述DRB对应的PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下进行DAPS切换;其中,所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)被映射到DAPS承载的两个可用于上行传输的RLC实体以及,两个可用于上行传输的RLC实体中的一个RLC实体是针对源小区,两个可用于上行传输的RLC实体中的另一个RLC实体针对目标小区的情况下,对所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)进行DAPS切换。In some embodiments, when the data radio bearer (DRB) is configured with a DAPS bearer, the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity corresponding to the DRB performs DAPS switching when applicable; wherein, when the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped to two RLC entities available for uplink transmission of the DAPS bearer and one of the two RLC entities available for uplink transmission is for a source cell and the other of the two RLC entities available for uplink transmission is for a target cell, the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) performs DAPS switching.
例如,针对基于PDU Set的XRM数据,如果对应的DRB被配置了DAPS承载,那么该DRB对应的PDCP实体关联的所有RLC实体在适用的情况下都实行DAPS切换。例如,在某PDU Set被映射到DAPS承载的两个可用于上行传输的RLC实体(比如AM RLC实体,或者上行UM RLC实体)的情况下,且其中一个RLC实体是针对源小区,另一个RLC实体针对目标小区,那么对该PDU Set可以进行DAPS切换。For example, for XRM data based on PDU Set, if the corresponding DRB is configured with DAPS bearer, all RLC entities associated with the PDCP entity corresponding to the DRB shall implement DAPS switching when applicable. For example, when a PDU Set is mapped to two RLC entities (such as AM RLC entity or uplink UM RLC entity) that can be used for uplink transmission on a DAPS bearer, and one of the RLC entities is for the source cell and the other RLC entity is for the target cell, then DAPS switching can be performed on the PDU Set.
以上基于PDU Set的分离承载、重复传输以及DAPS承载都用了灵活方式进行配置。如果为了协议设计更简单,在一些实施方式中,在包括至少一个协议数据单元(PDU) 组的数据无线承载(DRB)中,每个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组在各小区组关联的RLC承载个数相同。通过此限制,对所有DRB包含的所有PDU Set可以进行相同的行为,不需要针对不同PDU Set单独配置,因此可以减少配置复杂度。The above PDU Set-based separate bearers, repeated transmissions, and DAPS bearers are all configured in a flexible manner. In order to simplify the protocol design, in some embodiments, in a data radio bearer (DRB) including at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group, each of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups has the same number of RLC bearers associated with each cell group. Through this restriction, all PDU Sets contained in all DRBs can perform the same behavior, and there is no need to configure different PDU Sets separately, thereby reducing the configuration complexity.
以DAPS承载为例,对于DAPS承载,所有映射到该承载的PDU Set都会映射到两个可用于上行传输的RLC实体,且其中一个RLC实体是针对源小区,另一个RLC实体针对目标小区。那么该DRB对应的PDCP实体关联的所有可用于上行的RLC实体都实行DAPS切换。Taking DAPS bearer as an example, for DAPS bearer, all PDU Sets mapped to the bearer will be mapped to two RLC entities that can be used for uplink transmission, and one RLC entity is for the source cell and the other RLC entity is for the target cell. Then all RLC entities that can be used for uplink and are associated with the PDCP entity corresponding to the DRB will implement DAPS switching.
本申请上述仅以PDU Set作为示例进行说明,如前所述,可以将具有特定重要性的PDU Set替换成具有相同重要性或优先级的QoS流、子QoS流、PDU组、PDU家族等;上述PDU Set重要性信息也可以替换成子QoS流标识,PDU优先级标记,PDU家族标识等;在此不做重复说明。The above application only uses PDU Set as an example for illustration. As mentioned above, a PDU Set with a specific importance can be replaced with a QoS flow, sub-QoS flow, PDU group, PDU family, etc. with the same importance or priority; the above-mentioned PDU Set importance information can also be replaced with a sub-QoS flow identifier, a PDU priority tag, a PDU family identifier, etc.; no repetitive explanation is given here.
在一些实施方式中,对PDCP实体来说,如果该PDCP实体没有被关联到应用程序级别的PDU Set,那么该PDCP实体会关联到1个,2个,3个,4个,6个,或者8个RLC实体。具体个数取决于无线承载的特性(例如单向还是双向传输,是否是分离承载)或者是RLC模式等。In some embodiments, for a PDCP entity, if the PDCP entity is not associated with an application-level PDU Set, the PDCP entity is associated with 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, or 8 RLC entities. The specific number depends on the characteristics of the radio bearer (e.g., unidirectional or bidirectional transmission, whether it is a split bearer) or the RLC mode, etc.
在一些实施方式中,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体的个数由以下至少一项确定:所述第一信息中预定种类的信息的值的个数,无线承载(RB)的特性;或者无线链路控制(RLC)模式。In some embodiments, the number of radio link control (RLC) entities associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is determined by at least one of the following: the number of values of a predetermined type of information in the first information, the characteristics of a radio bearer (RB); or the radio link control (RLC) mode.
例如,对于传输PDU Set的DRB,对应的PDCP实体会关联到多个(不局限于8个)RLC实体,除了取决于以上无线承载的特性和RLC模式,还取决于DRB中的PDU Set的个数或者是第一信息中预定种类的信息的值的个数。For example, for a DRB that transmits a PDU Set, the corresponding PDCP entity will be associated with multiple (not limited to 8) RLC entities. In addition to depending on the characteristics of the above wireless bearer and the RLC mode, it also depends on the number of PDU Sets in the DRB or the number of values of the predetermined type of information in the first information.
在一些实施方式中,对于分离承载或者配置了PDCP重复传输的无线承载,对于每个传输方向,每个PDCP实体关联到小于等于N×M个UM RLC实体;或者关联到小于等于N×M个AM RLC实体,其中;对于分离承载:N=2;对于配置了PDCP重复传输的无线承载:2<=N<=4;对于DAPS承载,对于每个传输方向,每个PDCP实体关联到小于等于M个针对源小区的UM RLC实体以及小于等于M个针对目标小区的UM RLC实体;或者关联到小于等于M个针对源小区的UM RLC实体,小于等于M个针对目标小区的AM RLC实体;其中,M表述所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括的协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射的不同主RLC实体的个数。In some embodiments, for a separated bearer or a radio bearer configured with PDCP repeated transmission, for each transmission direction, each PDCP entity is associated with less than or equal to N×M UM RLC entities; or is associated with less than or equal to N×M AM RLC entities, wherein; for a separated bearer: N=2; for a radio bearer configured with PDCP repeated transmission: 2<=N<=4; for a DAPS bearer, for each transmission direction, each PDCP entity is associated with less than or equal to M UM RLC entities for a source cell and less than or equal to M UM RLC entities for a target cell; or is associated with less than or equal to M UM RLC entities for a source cell and less than or equal to M AM RLC entities for a target cell; wherein M represents the number of different primary RLC entities mapped to the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) included in the data radio bearer (DRB).
例如,假设M为同一个DRB中所有PDU Set映射到不同主RLC实体的个数,也就是M会小于等于PDU Set的个数或者是PDU Set Importance值的个数。For example, assume that M is the number of all PDU Sets in the same DRB mapped to different primary RLC entities, that is, M will be less than or equal to the number of PDU Sets or the number of PDU Set Importance values.
对于分离承载,每个PDCP关联到小于等于2×M个UM(unacknowledged mode,无确认模式)RLC实体(针对相同传输方向),或者是小于等于4×M个UM RLC实体(每个方向小于等于2×M个),或者是小于等于2×M个AM(acknowledged mode,确认模式)RLC实体。For split bearers, each PDCP is associated to less than or equal to 2×M UM (unacknowledged mode) RLC entities (for the same transmission direction), or less than or equal to 4×M UM RLC entities (less than or equal to 2×M in each direction), or less than or equal to 2×M AM (acknowledged mode) RLC entities.
对于配置了PDCP重复传输的无线承载,每个PDCP实体关联到小于等于N×M个UM RLC实体(针对相同传输方向),或者2×N×M个UM RLC实体(每个方向小于等于N×M个),或者小于等于N×M个AM RLC实体,其中2<=N<=4。For radio bearers configured with PDCP retransmission, each PDCP entity is associated with less than or equal to N×M UM RLC entities (for the same transmission direction), or 2×N×M UM RLC entities (less than or equal to N×M in each direction), or less than or equal to N×M AM RLC entities, where 2<=N<=4.
对于DAPS承载,每个DPCP实体关联到小于等于2×M个UM RLC实体(针对相同传输方向,小于等于M个针对源小区的,小于等于M个针对目标小区的),或者小于等于4×M个UM RLC实体(每个方向源小区和目标小区一共小于等于2×M个),或者小于等于2×M个AM RLC实体(源小区小于等于M个,目标小区小于等于M个)。For DAPS bearer, each DPCP entity is associated with less than or equal to 2×M UM RLC entities (for the same transmission direction, less than or equal to M for the source cell, and less than or equal to M for the target cell), or less than or equal to 4×M UM RLC entities (less than or equal to 2×M source cells and target cells in each direction), or less than or equal to 2×M AM RLC entities (less than or equal to M source cells and less than or equal to M target cells).
在一些实施方式中,在包括至少一个协议数据单元(PDU)组的数据无线承载(DRB)中,每个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组在各小区组关联的RLC承载个数相同,那么上面的小于等于都可以替代为等于。In some embodiments, in a data radio bearer (DRB) including at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group, each of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups has the same number of RLC bearers associated with each cell group, so the above less than or equal to can be replaced by equal to.
在一些实施方式中,PDCP层需做增强来支持将DRB中属于不同“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”的PDU Set的数据解复用到不同RLC承载中。In some implementations, the PDCP layer needs to be enhanced to support demultiplexing of data of different "Protocol Data Unit Sets (PDU Sets) importance information" in the DRB into different RLC bearers.
在一些实施方式中,该方法还包括:根据数据SDU的SDAP报头中的所述第一信息以及根据RRC配置的协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)到无线链路控制(RLC)承载(bearer)的映射关系,和/或针对RLC实体的重复传输激活状态,将所述数据SDU提交到对应的RLC实体。In some embodiments, the method further includes: submitting the data SDU to the corresponding RLC entity according to the first information in the SDAP header of the data SDU and the mapping relationship between the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) configured by RRC and the radio link control (RLC) bearer, and/or the repeated transmission activation status of the RLC entity.
例如,为了在PDCP层对应用程序级别PDU Set的相关数据进行重复传输、分离传输,或者DAPS切换,需要知道某个PDCP实体是用于传输PDU Set或者是某个PDCP SDU是属于应用程序级别PDU Set的。例如,可以基于数据SDU的SDAP报头中的第一信息(“PDU Set标识信息”或者是“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”),以及RRC配置的PDU Set到RLC承载的映射关系,和/或针对RLC实体的重复传输激活状态将数据SDU提交到对应的RLC实体。For example, in order to perform repeated transmission, separate transmission, or DAPS switching of the relevant data of the application level PDU Set at the PDCP layer, it is necessary to know whether a certain PDCP entity is used to transmit the PDU Set or whether a certain PDCP SDU belongs to the application level PDU Set. For example, the data SDU can be submitted to the corresponding RLC entity based on the first information in the SDAP header of the data SDU ("PDU Set identification information" or "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)"), and the mapping relationship between the RRC-configured PDU Set and the RLC bearer, and/or the repeated transmission activation status of the RLC entity.
具体来说,在PDCP实体进行发送操作时,需要进行如下增强来支持基于PDU Set的数据传输;例如,当将PDCP PDU提交给低层时,发送的PDCP实体需要做如下操作:Specifically, when the PDCP entity performs a sending operation, the following enhancements are required to support data transmission based on PDU Set; for example, when submitting a PDCP PDU to the lower layer, the sending PDCP entity needs to do the following:
在一些实施方式中,在发送的所述PDCP实体关联了至少两个所述RLC实体,以及激活了PDCP重复传输,以及所述PDCP实体被配置为用于应用级别的PDU Set的情况下:复制PDCP数据PDU,根据所述第一信息将所述PDCP数据PDU提交到PDCP重复传输激活的关联的RLC实体。In some embodiments, when the sending PDCP entity is associated with at least two of the RLC entities, and PDCP retransmission is activated, and the PDCP entity is configured for application-level PDU Set: copy the PDCP data PDU, and submit the PDCP data PDU to the associated RLC entity with PDCP retransmission activated according to the first information.
例如,如果该发送的PDCP实体关联到至少两个RLC实体,对于无线承载激活了的PDCP重复传输,且PDCP实体被配置为用于应用级别的PDU Set,那么复制该PDCP数据PDU,基于第一信息(例如“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”)将该PDCP数据PDU提交到PDCP重复传输激活的关联的RLC实体。For example, if the sending PDCP entity is associated with at least two RLC entities, PDCP retransmission is activated for the radio bearer, and the PDCP entity is configured for application-level PDU Set, then the PDCP data PDU is copied and submitted to the associated RLC entity with PDCP retransmission activated based on the first information (e.g., "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)").
在一些实施方式中,在发送的所述PDCP实体关联了至少两个所述RLC实体,以及没有配置或者去激活了PDCP重复传输,以及PDCP实体被配置为用于应用级别的PDU Set的情况下,针对具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)配置了分离的辅RLC实体,在所述PDCP数据PDU的大小等于或高于第一阈值时,根据所述第一信息将所述PDCP数据PDU提交到主RLC实体或分离的辅RLC实体;和/或,在所述PDCP数据PDU的大小低于第一阈值时,根据所述第一信息将所述PDCP数据PDU提交到对应的主RLC实体。In some embodiments, when the transmitted PDCP entity is associated with at least two of the RLC entities, and PDCP retransmission is not configured or deactivated, and the PDCP entity is configured for a PDU Set at the application level, a separate secondary RLC entity is configured for at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information, and when the size of the PDCP data PDU is equal to or higher than a first threshold, the PDCP data PDU is submitted to the primary RLC entity or the separated secondary RLC entity according to the first information; and/or, when the size of the PDCP data PDU is lower than the first threshold, the PDCP data PDU is submitted to the corresponding primary RLC entity according to the first information.
例如,如果该发送的PDCP实体关联到至少两个RLC实体,对于无线承载没有配置或者去激活PDCP重复传输,如果PDCP实体被配置为用于应用级别的PDU Set,针对第一信息(例如“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”)对应的PDU Set配置了分离的辅RLC实体,那么在PDCP和RLC的待传数据等于或高于门限时,可以基于第一信息(例如“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”)将该PDCP数据PDU提交到主RLC实体或分离的辅RLC实体;低于门限时根据第一信息(例如“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”)将该PDCP数据PDU提交到对应的主RLC实体。For example, if the sending PDCP entity is associated with at least two RLC entities, PDCP repeated transmission is not configured or deactivated for the wireless bearer, if the PDCP entity is configured for application-level PDU Set, and a separate secondary RLC entity is configured for the PDU Set corresponding to the first information (e.g., "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)"), then when the data to be transmitted by the PDCP and RLC is equal to or higher than the threshold, the PDCP data PDU can be submitted to the main RLC entity or the separated secondary RLC entity based on the first information (e.g., "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)"); when it is lower than the threshold, the PDCP data PDU is submitted to the corresponding main RLC entity according to the first information (e.g., "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)").
在一些实施方式中,在发送的所述PDCP实体关联的是DAPS承载,以及所述PDCP实体被配置为用于应用级别的PDU Set的情况下:在没有被要求上行数据切换时:根据所述第一信息将所述PDCP数据PDU提交到关联到源小区的RLC实体;在被要求上行数据切换时:根据所述第一信息将所述PDCP数据PDU提交到关联到目标小区的RLC实体,以及,对于源小区关联的PDCP控制PDU,将所述PDCP控制PDU提交到任意关联到源小区的RLC实体,对于目标小区关联的PDCP控制PDU,将所述PDCP控制PDU提交到任意关联到目标小区的RLC实体。In some embodiments, when the PDCP entity sent is associated with a DAPS bearer and the PDCP entity is configured for an application-level PDU Set: when uplink data switching is not required: submit the PDCP data PDU to the RLC entity associated with the source cell according to the first information; when uplink data switching is required: submit the PDCP data PDU to the RLC entity associated with the target cell according to the first information, and, for the PDCP control PDU associated with the source cell, submit the PDCP control PDU to any RLC entity associated with the source cell, and for the PDCP control PDU associated with the target cell, submit the PDCP control PDU to any RLC entity associated with the target cell.
例如,如果该发送的PDCP实体关联的是DAPS承载,且PDCP实体被配置为用于 应用级别的PDU Set,那么当没有被要求上行数据切换时,基于第一信息(例如“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”)将该PDCP数据PDU提交到关联到源小区的RLC实体;否则:对于PDCP数据PDU,基于第一信息(例如“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”)将该PDCP数据PDU提交到关联到目标小区的RLC实体,对于源小区关联的PDCP控制PDU,提交到任意关联到源小区的RLC实体,对于目标小区关联的PDCP控制PDU,提交到任意关联到目标小区的RLC实体。For example, if the sending PDCP entity is associated with a DAPS bearer and the PDCP entity is configured for an application-level PDU Set, then when uplink data switching is not required, the PDCP data PDU is submitted to the RLC entity associated with the source cell based on the first information (e.g., "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)"); otherwise: for the PDCP data PDU, based on the first information (e.g., "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)"), the PDCP data PDU is submitted to the RLC entity associated with the target cell; for the PDCP control PDU associated with the source cell, it is submitted to any RLC entity associated with the source cell; and for the PDCP control PDU associated with the target cell, it is submitted to any RLC entity associated with the target cell.
以下是本申请对TS 38.323的增强的一示例:The following is an example of the enhancements to TS 38.323 proposed by this application:
Figure PCTCN2022130732-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022130732-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022130732-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022130732-appb-000003
在一些实施方式中,在所述PDCP实体被配置为用于应用级别的PDU Set以及发送的所述PDCP实体关联到两个对应同一预定的第一信息的RLC实体的情况下,在收到低层请求之前最小化提交到低层的PDCP SDU数量,以及最小化提交到所述两个对应同一预定的第一信息的RLC实体的之间的PDCP序列号间隔。In some embodiments, when the PDCP entity is configured for an application-level PDU Set and the sent PDCP entity is associated with two RLC entities corresponding to the same predetermined first information, the number of PDCP SDUs submitted to the lower layer is minimized before receiving a lower layer request, and the PDCP sequence number interval between the PDCP SDUs submitted to the two RLC entities corresponding to the same predetermined first information is minimized.
例如,如果PDCP实体被配置为用于应用级别的PDU Set,且发送的PDCP实体关联到两个具有同样第一信息(例如“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”)PDU Set对应的RLC实体,终端设备应该在收到低层请求之前最小化提交到低层的PDCP SDU数量,并最小化提交到这两个关联的RLC实体的之间的PDCP序列号间隔。由此, 最小化接收的PDCP实体的PDCP重排序时延。For example, if the PDCP entity is configured for application-level PDU Set, and the sending PDCP entity is associated with two RLC entities corresponding to PDU Sets with the same first information (e.g., "importance information of protocol data unit set (PDU Set)"), the terminal device should minimize the number of PDCP SDUs submitted to the lower layer before receiving the lower layer request, and minimize the PDCP sequence number interval between the two associated RLC entities. Thereby, the PDCP reordering delay of the receiving PDCP entity is minimized.
例如,在PDU Set对应的DRB被配置为PDCP重复传输的情况下,网络侧可以为配置的该DRB对应的所有或者部分具有同一第一信息(例如“协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息”)的PDU Set关联的RLC实体进行激活或者去激活PDCP重复传输。For example, when the DRB corresponding to the PDU Set is configured for PDCP repeated transmission, the network side can activate or deactivate PDCP repeated transmission for all or part of the RLC entities associated with the PDU Set corresponding to the configured DRB that has the same first information (for example, "importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set)").
例如,通过上述第一信令中的“duplicationState-XR”字段在半静态配置的同时,通过更加动态的第二信令来进行激活或者去激活。For example, the "duplicationState-XR" field in the first signaling is semi-statically configured while being activated or deactivated through a more dynamic second signaling.
在一些实施方式中,该方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
303,接收第二信令:其中,该第二信令激活和/或去激活该协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的RLC实体的重复传输;在一些实施方式中,该第二信令为MAC CE;在所述第二信令指示了对配置了PDCP重复传输的一个数据无线承载(DRB)携带的具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的一个或多个RLC实体激活的情况下,将激活信息指示给上层;和/或,在所述第二信令指示了对配置了PDCP重复传输的一个数据无线承载(DRB)携带的具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的一个或多个RLC实体去激活的情况下,将去激活信息指示给上层。303. Receive a second signaling: wherein the second signaling activates and/or deactivates repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set); in some embodiments, the second signaling is MAC CE; when the second signaling indicates activation of one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) with the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission, indicate the activation information to the upper layer; and/or, when the second signaling indicates deactivation of one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) with the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission, indicate the deactivation information to the upper layer.
例如,第二信令的名称为“Duplication RLC for PDU Set Activation/Deactivation MAC CE”;如果用于PDU Set的DRB被配置成PDCP重复传输,那么MAC实体需要做如下操作:如果收到了“Duplication RLC for PDU Set Activation/Deactivation MAC CE”,指示了对配置了PDCP重复传输的一个数据无线承载(DRB)携带的具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的一个或多个RLC实体激活的情况下,那么将对一个数据无线承载(DRB)携带的具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的一个或多个RLC实体进行激活的激活信息指示给上层;如果收到了“Duplication RLC for PDU Set Activation/Deactivation MAC CE”,对配置了PDCP重复传输的一个数据无线承载(DRB)携带的具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的一个或多个RLC实体去激活的情况下,那么将对一个数据无线承载(DRB)携带的具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的一个或多个RLC实体进行去激活的去激活信息指示给上层。For example, the name of the second signaling is "Duplication RLC for PDU Set Activation/Deactivation MAC CE"; if the DRB used for PDU Set is configured for PDCP repeated transmission, the MAC entity needs to perform the following operations: If "Duplication RLC for PDU Set Activation/Deactivation MAC CE" is received, indicating that one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) with the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission are activated, then a data radio bearer (DRB) with the same predetermined first information carried by the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) will be activated. The activation information for activating one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) of the predetermined first information is indicated to the upper layer; if "Duplication RLC for PDU Set Activation/Deactivation MAC CE" is received, in the case of deactivating one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) with the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP duplicate transmission, then the deactivation information for deactivating one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) with the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) is indicated to the upper layer.
在一些实施方式中,所述激活信息和/或所述去激活信息包括:DRB标识字段,其指示所述第二信令对应的DRB的标识;第一信息(i)字段,其指示索引位置为(i)的第一信息值;RLC(ij)字段,其指示对于第一信息(i)关联的RLC实体(j)的PDCP 重复传输激活/去激活的状态;其中(j)按照第一信息(i)关联的非主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识的升序进行排序,并且按照先MCG后SCG的顺序排序;在所述RLC(ij)字段被设为第一值,指示RLC实体(j)的PDCP重复传输被激活;在所述RLC(ij)字段被设为第二值,指示RLC实体(j)的PDCP重复传输被去激活。In some embodiments, the activation information and/or the deactivation information includes: a DRB identification field, which indicates the identification of the DRB corresponding to the second signaling; a first information (i) field, which indicates the first information value with index position (i); an RLC (ij) field, which indicates the PDCP repetition transmission activation/deactivation status of the RLC entity (j) associated with the first information (i); wherein (j) is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identification of the non-primary RLC entity associated with the first information (i), and is sorted in the order of MCG first and then SCG; when the RLC (ij) field is set to the first value, it indicates that the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity (j) is activated; when the RLC (ij) field is set to the second value, it indicates that the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity (j) is deactivated.
图5是本申请实施方式的第二信令的一示意图。FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a second signaling according to an implementation manner of the present application.
例如,第二信令“Duplication RLC for PDU Set Activation/Deactivation MAC CE”通过带有指定的eLCID(extended logical channel ID,扩展的逻辑信道标识)的MAC子头(subheader)来识别。For example, the second signaling "Duplication RLC for PDU Set Activation/Deactivation MAC CE" is identified by a MAC subheader with the specified eLCID (extended logical channel ID).
例如,该MAC CE的长度可变,包含N+1个字节,N是需要激活/去激活的RLC实体对应的不同PDU Set Importance的值的个数。For example, the length of the MAC CE is variable and contains N+1 bytes, where N is the number of different PDU Set Importance values corresponding to the RLC entities that need to be activated/deactivated.
例如,如图5所示,其中,DRB标识字段(DRB ID字段),其指示该MAC CE所针对的DRB的标识,例如,字段长度是5比特;第一信息(i)字段(PDU Set Importance i)字段,指示索引i位置的PDU Set Importance值,例如,字段长度假设是5比特;RLC(ij)字段(RLCij)字段,其指示对于PDU Set Importance i关联的RLC实体j的PDCP重复传输激活/去激活的状态;其中,j是按照PDU Set Importance i关联的非主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识的升序进行排序,并且按照MCG和SCG的顺序;例如,如果RLCij字段被设为1,那么指示RLC实体j的PDCP重复传输被激活;如果RLCij字段被设为0,那么指示RLC实体j的PDCP重复传输被去激活。For example, as shown in Figure 5, the DRB identification field (DRB ID field) indicates the identification of the DRB targeted by the MAC CE, for example, the field length is 5 bits; the first information (i) field (PDU Set Importance i) field indicates the PDU Set Importance value at index i, for example, the field length is assumed to be 5 bits; the RLC (ij) field (RLCij) field indicates the PDCP repetition transmission activation/deactivation status of the RLC entity j associated with PDU Set Importance i; wherein j is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of the non-primary RLC entities associated with PDU Set Importance i, and in the order of MCG and SCG; for example, if the RLCij field is set to 1, then the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity j is activated; if the RLCij field is set to 0, then the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity j is deactivated.
例如,图5是以第一信息(i)字段(PDU Set Importance i)字段为5比特为例,其中,每个字节(图5中的Oct 2-Oct N+1)可以指示一个PDU Set Importance信息对应的PDU Set对应的各非主RLC实体的PDCP重复传输激活状态;如果非主RLC实体的个数小于3个,那么就忽略RLCij中相应的高位(或低位)比特的值;其中,如果第一信息(i)字段(PDU Set Importance i)字段为其他比特长度,可以按照其他方法进行格式设计,例如增加保留位(R)等方法,本申请对此不进行限制。For example, Figure 5 takes the first information (i) field (PDU Set Importance i) field as 5 bits as an example, wherein each byte (Oct 2-Oct N+1 in Figure 5) can indicate the PDCP repeated transmission activation status of each non-primary RLC entity corresponding to a PDU Set corresponding to a PDU Set Importance information; if the number of non-primary RLC entities is less than 3, then the value of the corresponding high (or low) bit in RLCij is ignored; wherein, if the first information (i) field (PDU Set Importance i) field is other bit lengths, the format design can be performed according to other methods, such as adding reserved bits (R) and other methods, and the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
在一些实施方式中,通过第二信令激活和/或去激活所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的RLC实体的重复传输还包括:同时激活/去激活多个DRB关联的RLC实体。In some embodiments, activating and/or deactivating repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) through the second signaling also includes: simultaneously activating/deactivating RLC entities associated with multiple DRBs.
例如,可以通过同一第二信令同时激活/去激活多个DRB关联的RLC实体。图6是本申请实施方式的第二信令的另一示意图。For example, multiple RLC entities associated with DRBs may be activated/deactivated simultaneously through the same second signaling. Fig. 6 is another schematic diagram of the second signaling of an embodiment of the present application.
如图6所示,以第一信息(i)字段(PDU Set Importance i)字段为1个字节为例,第二信令“Duplication RLC for PDU Set Activation/Deactivation MAC CE”通过带有指定 的eLCID(extended logical channel ID,扩展的逻辑信道标识)的MAC子头(subheader)来识别;例如,该MAC CE的长度可变,包含2N个字节,N是需要激活/去激活的RLC实体对应的不同组合值的个数,例如,组合为(DRB ID,PDU Set Importance)。例如,每两个字节代表一个(DRB,PDU Set Importance)组合值对应的非主RLC实体的PDCP激活/去激活状态。其中,图6的具体字段的内容与图5类似,在此不做重复说明。As shown in FIG6 , taking the first information (i) field (PDU Set Importance i) field as 1 byte as an example, the second signaling "Duplication RLC for PDU Set Activation/Deactivation MAC CE" is identified by a MAC subheader with a specified eLCID (extended logical channel ID); for example, the length of the MAC CE is variable, including 2N bytes, N is the number of different combination values corresponding to the RLC entity that needs to be activated/deactivated, for example, the combination is (DRB ID, PDU Set Importance). For example, every two bytes represent the PDCP activation/deactivation state of a non-primary RLC entity corresponding to a (DRB, PDU Set Importance) combination value. Among them, the content of the specific fields of FIG6 is similar to that of FIG5 , and will not be repeated here.
在一些实施方式中,还可以同时支持以上两种MAC CE,例如,在需要激活/去激活同一个DRB内的多个PDU Set Importance值关联的RLC实体时使用图5所示的MAC CE格式,在需要激活/去激活多个DRB关联的RLC实体时使用图6所示的MAC CE格式。In some implementations, the above two types of MAC CE can also be supported simultaneously. For example, when it is necessary to activate/deactivate RLC entities associated with multiple PDU Set Importance values in the same DRB, the MAC CE format shown in Figure 5 is used, and when it is necessary to activate/deactivate RLC entities associated with multiple DRBs, the MAC CE format shown in Figure 6 is used.
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明,但本申请不限于此,还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如,可以单独使用上述各个实施例,也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。The above embodiments are merely exemplary of the embodiments of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto, and appropriate modifications may be made based on the above embodiments. For example, the above embodiments may be used alone, or one or more of the above embodiments may be combined.
由上述实施例可知,本申请根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,从而提高XRM业务的传输性能,进一步提高了在资源分配、丢包处理时的效率、减少了资源浪费,此外,可以保障差异化的PDU Set的处理以及满足PDU Set的集成数据处理需求。It can be seen from the above embodiments that the present application performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching on the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, and reducing resource waste. In addition, it can ensure the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meet the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
第二方面的实施例Embodiments of the second aspect
本申请实施例提供一种数据发送方法,应用于网络设备侧。本申请实施例可以与第一方面的实施例结合起来,也可以单独实施。与第一方面的实施例相同的内容不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, which is applied to a network device side. The embodiment of the present application can be combined with the embodiment of the first aspect, or can be implemented separately. The same contents as the embodiment of the first aspect are not repeated here.
图7是本申请实施例的数据发送方法的一示意图,如图7所示,该方法包括:FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a data sending method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7 , the method includes:
701,发送第一信令;其中,该第一信令配置数据无线承载(DRB)对应的PDCP实体的重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,该第一信令配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态;701, sending a first signaling; wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a PDCP entity corresponding to a data radio bearer (DRB); and/or, the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
其中,一个所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,所述协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。Among them, one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
由此,本申请根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,从而提高XRM业务的传输性能,进 一步提高了在资源分配、丢包处理时的效率、减少了资源浪费,并且可以保障差异化的PDU Set的处理以及满足PDU Set的集成数据处理需求。Therefore, the present application performs repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or DAPS switching of the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, reducing resource waste, and ensuring the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meeting the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一信令包括第一字段,其中,所述第一字段配置重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一字段配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态;在所述第一字段的值为真的情况下,所述PDCP实体被配置为激活重复传输,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下进行重复传输,和/或在所述第一字段的值为假的情况下,所述PDCP实体被配置为去激活重复传输,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体去激活重复传输。In some embodiments, the first signaling includes a first field, wherein the first field configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission; and/or the first field configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission; when the value of the first field is true, the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, and/or when the value of the first field is false, the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity deactivates repeated transmission.
在一些实施方式中,在所述PDCP实体被配置为激活重复传输的情况下,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下进行重复传输包括:在具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的RLC实体之间进行重复传输。In some embodiments, when the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, including: performing repeated transmission between RLC entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
在一些实施方式中,在所述PDCP实体被配置为去激活重复传输的情况下;所述第一信令还包括第二字段,其中,所述第二字段指示至少一个主路径;和/或,所述第一信令还包括第三字段,其中,所述第三字段指示至少一个分离传输的辅路径。In some embodiments, when the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission; the first signaling also includes a second field, wherein the second field indicates at least one primary path; and/or the first signaling also includes a third field, wherein the third field indicates at least one secondary path of separate transmission.
在一些实施方式中,在所述PDCP实体对应的所述数据无线承载(DRB)是分离承载的情况下,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下实行或者回退到分离传输;其中,根据所述第二字段和/或所述第三字段确定分离传输的主路径和/或辅路径。In some embodiments, when the data radio bearer (DRB) corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separate bearer, the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable; wherein the main path and/or auxiliary path of the separate transmission is determined based on the second field and/or the third field.
在一些实施方式中,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下实行或者回退到分离传输包括:在具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应多个RLC实体并且所述多个RLC实体属于不同小区组的情况下,对至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的多个RLC实体进行分离传输。In some embodiments, the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable, including: when at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information corresponds to multiple RLC entities and the multiple RLC entities belong to different cell groups, separate transmission is performed on the multiple RLC entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
在一些实施方式中,所述第一信令还包括第四字段,其中,在所述第四字段被配置的情况下忽略所述第一字段,其中,所述第四字段配置每个具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的非主RLC实体的重复传输激活和/或去激活状态。In some embodiments, the first signaling also includes a fourth field, wherein the first field is ignored when the fourth field is configured, wherein the fourth field configures the repeated transmission activation and/or deactivation status of each non-primary RLC entity corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一信令为RRC重配(RRC-Reconfiguration)消息;所述第二字段和/或所述第三字段和/或所述第四字段包含在配置所述PDCP实体相关的参数的配置字段中。In some embodiments, the first signaling is an RRC-Reconfiguration message; the second field and/or the third field and/or the fourth field are included in a configuration field for configuring parameters related to the PDCP entity.
在一些实施方式中,所述第二字段包括第一列表,所述第一列表包括:主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID),其中,所述主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID)是在所 述PDU组关联了多个RLC实体的情况下,用于上行数据传输的主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID)。In some embodiments, the second field includes a first list, wherein the first list includes: a logical channel identifier (LCID) of a primary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity used for uplink data transmission when the PDU group is associated with multiple RLC entities.
在一些实施方式中,所述主RLC实体属于主路径字段里的小区组字段对应的小区组。In some implementations, the primary RLC entity belongs to a cell group corresponding to a cell group field in a primary path field.
在一些实施方式中,在所述第一列表中,由所述逻辑信道标识(LCID)的升序进行排序。In some embodiments, the first list is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifier (LCID).
在一些实施方式中,所述第三字段包括第二列表,其中所述第二列表包括:分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识,其中,所述分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识是在所述PDCP实体对应的DRB是分离承载的情况下,为上行数据传输进行回退到分离承载而指示的分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识。In some embodiments, the third field includes a second list, wherein the second list includes: a logical channel identifier corresponding to a separated secondary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity indicated for uplink data transmission to fall back to a separated bearer when the DRB corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separated bearer.
在一些实施方式中,所述第二列表按照所述分离的辅RLC实体对应的主RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识的升序排列;其中,在所述第三字段中特定索引位置对应的主RLC实体在不同的小区组没有对应的分离的辅RLC实体的情况下,忽略所述索引位置的第三字段。In some embodiments, the second list is arranged in ascending order of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity; wherein, when the primary RLC entity corresponding to a specific index position in the third field does not have a corresponding separated secondary RLC entity in a different cell group, the third field of the index position is ignored.
在一些实施方式中,所述第四字段包括第三列表,所述第三列表指示在收到所述第一信令时各关联的上行RLC实体的重复传输的状态。In some implementations, the fourth field includes a third list, and the third list indicates the status of repeated transmission of each associated uplink RLC entity when the first signaling is received.
在一些实施方式中,所述第四字段的所述第三列表中的每个值是一个X比特的位图,所述位图指示该索引位置对应的主RLC实体对应的其他非主RLC实体是处于重复传输激活或者去激活状态;在所述如果比特位为第一值的情况下,该比特位对应的RLC实体的重复传输被激活;其中,所述X比特的指示顺序按照除了该主RLC实体之外的其他关联的RLC实体的逻辑信道标识的升序进行排序,并按照主小区组和辅小区组的顺序排序。In some embodiments, each value in the third list of the fourth field is an X-bit bitmap, and the bitmap indicates whether other non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the index position are in a repeated transmission activation or deactivation state; in the case where the bit is the first value, the repeated transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is activated; wherein the indication order of the X bits is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of other associated RLC entities except the primary RLC entity, and is sorted in order of the primary cell group and the secondary cell group.
在一些实施方式中,在所述主RLC实体对应的非主RLC实体个数小于X的情况下,忽略所述位图的高位指示;和/或所述第四字段的主RLC实体对应的重复传输状态按照对应的所述第一字段的主RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识的值的升序排列;和/或在特定索引的主RLC实体没有对应的非主RLC实体的情况下,忽略所述索引位置的所述第四字段。In some embodiments, when the number of non-master RLC entities corresponding to the master RLC entity is less than X, the high-order indication of the bitmap is ignored; and/or the repeated transmission status corresponding to the master RLC entity of the fourth field is arranged in ascending order of the value of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the master RLC entity of the corresponding first field; and/or when the master RLC entity of a specific index has no corresponding non-master RLC entity, the fourth field of the index position is ignored.
在一些实施方式中,该方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
702,发送第二信令:其中,该第二信令激活和/或去激活该协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的RLC实体的重复传输。702. Send a second signaling: wherein the second signaling activates and/or deactivates repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
在一些实施方式中,所述第二信令为MAC CE,所述第二信令包含对配置了PDCP重复传输的一个数据无线承载(DRB)携带的具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的一个或多个RLC实体的激活信息或去激活信息。In some embodiments, the second signaling is a MAC CE, and the second signaling includes activation information or deactivation information of one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission.
在一些实施方式中,所述激活信息和/或所述去激活信息包括:DRB标识字段,其指示所述第二信令对应的DRB的标识;第一信息(i)字段,其指示索引位置为(i)的第一信息值;RLC(ij)字段,其指示对于第一信息(i)关联的RLC实体j的PDCP重复传输激活/去激活的状态;其中(j)按照第一信息(i)关联的非主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识的升序进行排序,并且按照先MCG后SCG的顺序排序;在所述RLC(ij)字段被设为第一值,指示RLC实体(j)的PDCP重复传输被激活;在所述RLC(ij)字段被设为第二值,指示RLC实体(j)的PDCP重复传输被去激活。In some embodiments, the activation information and/or the deactivation information includes: a DRB identification field, which indicates the identification of the DRB corresponding to the second signaling; a first information (i) field, which indicates the first information value with index position (i); an RLC (ij) field, which indicates the PDCP repetition transmission activation/deactivation status of the RLC entity j associated with the first information (i); wherein (j) is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identification of the non-primary RLC entity associated with the first information (i), and is sorted in the order of MCG first and then SCG; when the RLC (ij) field is set to the first value, it indicates that the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity (j) is activated; when the RLC (ij) field is set to the second value, it indicates that the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity (j) is deactivated.
值得注意的是,以上附图7仅对本申请实施例进行了示意性说明,但本申请不限于此。例如可以适当地调整各个操作之间的执行顺序,此外还可以增加其他的一些操作或者减少其中的某些操作。本领域的技术人员可以根据上述内容进行适当地变型,而不仅限于上述附图7的记载。It is worth noting that the above FIG. 7 is only a schematic illustration of the embodiment of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto. For example, the execution order between the various operations can be appropriately adjusted, and other operations can be added or some operations can be reduced. Those skilled in the art can make appropriate modifications based on the above content, and are not limited to the description of the above FIG. 7.
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明,但本申请不限于此,还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如,可以单独使用上述各个实施例,也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。The above embodiments are merely exemplary of the embodiments of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto, and appropriate modifications may be made based on the above embodiments. For example, the above embodiments may be used alone, or one or more of the above embodiments may be combined.
由上述实施例可知,本申请根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,从而提高XRM业务的传输性能,进一步提高了在资源分配、丢包处理时的效率、减少了资源浪费,并且可以保障差异化的PDU Set的处理以及满足PDU Set的集成数据处理需求。It can be seen from the above embodiments that the present application performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching on the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, reducing resource waste, and ensuring the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meeting the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
第三方面的实施例Embodiments of the third aspect
本申请实施例提供一种数据传输装置。该装置例如可以是终端设备,也可以是配置于终端设备的某个或某些部件或者组件;此外,与第一方面的实施例相同的内容不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission device, which may be, for example, a terminal device, or may be one or more components or assemblies configured in the terminal device; in addition, the same contents as those in the embodiment of the first aspect are not repeated here.
图8是本申请实施例的数据传输装置的一示意图。如图8所示,数据传输装置800包括:FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG8 , the data transmission device 800 includes:
传输单元801,其根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或双激活协议栈(DAPS)切换,a transmission unit 801, which performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or dual active protocol stack (DAPS) switching on a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information,
其中,一个该数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个该协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,该协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的该第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。Among them, one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
由此,根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,从而提高XRM业务的传输性能,进一步提高了在资源分配、丢包处理时的效率、减少了资源浪费,并且可以保障差异化的PDU Set的处理以及满足PDU Set的集成数据处理需求。Therefore, the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) is repeatedly transmitted and/or separately transmitted and/or DAPS switched according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, reducing resource waste, and ensuring the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meeting the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
在一些实施方式中,传输单元801包括:映射单元8011,其基于与所述重复传输或/和分离传输和/或双激活协议栈(DAPS)切换有关的配置,将所述数据无线承载(DRB)上的所述至少一个协议数据单元(PDU)组映射到对应的无线链路控制(RLC)承载(bearer)上。In some embodiments, the transmission unit 801 includes: a mapping unit 8011, which maps the at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group on the data radio bearer (DRB) to a corresponding radio link control (RLC) bearer based on the configuration related to the repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) switching.
在一些实施方式中,第一信息包括以下信息的至少一种:In some embodiments, the first information includes at least one of the following information:
所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息;Importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的标识信息;Identification information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)内的协议数据单元(PDU)序列号;a protocol data unit (PDU) sequence number within the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的开始和/或结束标志;The start and/or end flag of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的大小信息;Size information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射到的服务质量(QoS)流的标识信息;Identification information of the quality of service (QoS) flow to which the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped;
所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射到的子服务质量(QoS)流的标识信息;或者identification information of the sub-quality of service (QoS) flow to which the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped; or
所述协议数据单元(PDU)组的标识信息。The identification information of the protocol data unit (PDU) group.
在一些实施方式中,数据传输装置800还包括:第一接收单元802,其接收第一信令,所述第一信令配置所述数据无线承载(DRB)对应的分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体的重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一信令配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态。In some embodiments, the data transmission device 800 also includes: a first receiving unit 802, which receives a first signaling, wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity corresponding to the data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or deactivation state of the repeated transmission.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一信令包括第一字段,其中,所述第一字段配置重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一字段配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态;In some embodiments, the first signaling includes a first field, wherein the first field configures repeated transmission and/or separated transmission; and/or the first field configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
在所述第一字段的值为真的情况下,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体被配置为激活重复传输,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体在适用的情况下进行重复传输,和/或In case the value of the first field is true, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, and the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, and/or
在所述第一字段的值为假的情况下,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体被配置为去激活重复传输,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体去激活重复传输。When the value of the first field is false, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission, and a radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity deactivates repeated transmission.
在一些实施方式中,在所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体被配置为激活重复传输的情况下,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体在适用的情况下进行重复传输包括:在具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的无线链路控制(RLC)实体之间进行重复传输。In some embodiments, when the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, including: performing repeated transmission between radio link control (RLC) entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
在一些实施方式中,其中,在所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体被配置为去激活重复传输的情况下;所述第一信令还包括第二字段,其中,所述第二字段指示至少一个主路径;和/或,所述第一信令还包括第三字段,其中,所述第三字段指示至少一个分离传输的辅路径。In some embodiments, wherein the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission; the first signaling also includes a second field, wherein the second field indicates at least one primary path; and/or the first signaling also includes a third field, wherein the third field indicates at least one secondary path of separate transmission.
在一些实施方式中,在所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体对应的所述数据无线承载(DRB)是分离承载的情况下,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体在适用的情况下实行或者回退到分离传输;其中,根据所述第二字段和/或所述第三字段确定分离传输的主路径和/或辅路径。In some embodiments, when the data radio bearer (DRB) corresponding to the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is a separate bearer, the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable; wherein the main path and/or auxiliary path of the separate transmission is determined based on the second field and/or the third field.
在一些实施方式中,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体在适用的情况下实行或者回退到分离传输包括:In some embodiments, the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity implementing or falling back to separate transmission when applicable includes:
在具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应多个无线链路控制(RLC)实体并且所述多个无线链路控制(RLC)实体属于不同小区组的情况下,对至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的多个无线链路控制(RLC)实体进行分离传输。When at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information corresponds to multiple radio link control (RLC) entities and the multiple radio link control (RLC) entities belong to different cell groups, the multiple radio link control (RLC) entities corresponding to the at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) are transmitted separately.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一信令还包括第四字段,其中,在所述第四字段被配置的情况下忽略所述第一字段,其中,所述第四字段配置每个具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的非主无线链路控制(RLC)实体的重复传输激活和/或去激活状态。In some embodiments, the first signaling also includes a fourth field, wherein the first field is ignored when the fourth field is configured, wherein the fourth field configures the repeated transmission activation and/or deactivation status of each non-primary radio link control (RLC) entity corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一信令为无线资源控制(RRC)重配(RRC-Reconfiguration)消息;所述第二字段和/或所述第三字段和/或所述第四字段包含在配置所述PDCP实体相关的参数的配置字段中。In some embodiments, the first signaling is a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration (RRC-Reconfiguration) message; the second field and/or the third field and/or the fourth field are included in the configuration field for configuring parameters related to the PDCP entity.
在一些实施方式中,所述第二字段包括第一列表,所述第一列表包括:主无线链路控制(RLC)实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID),其中,所述主无线链路控制(RLC)实体 的逻辑信道标识(LCID)是在所述协议数据单元(PDU)组关联了多个无线链路控制(RLC)实体的情况下,用于上行数据传输的主无线链路控制(RLC)实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID)。In some embodiments, the second field includes a first list, wherein the first list includes: a logical channel identifier (LCID) of a primary radio link control (RLC) entity, wherein the logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary radio link control (RLC) entity is a logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary radio link control (RLC) entity used for uplink data transmission when the protocol data unit (PDU) group is associated with multiple radio link control (RLC) entities.
在一些实施方式中,所述主RLC实体属于主路径字段里的小区组字段对应的小区组。In some implementations, the primary RLC entity belongs to a cell group corresponding to a cell group field in a primary path field.
在一些实施方式中,在所述第一列表中,由所述逻辑信道标识(LCID)的升序进行排序。In some embodiments, the first list is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifier (LCID).
在一些实施方式中,所述第三字段包括第二列表,其中所述第二列表包括:分离的辅无线链路控制(RLC)实体对应的逻辑信道标识,其中,所述分离的辅无线链路控制(RLC)实体对应的逻辑信道标识是在所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体对应的数据无线承载(DRB)是分离承载的情况下,为上行数据传输进行回退到分离承载而指示的分离的辅无线链路控制(RLC)实体对应的逻辑信道标识。In some embodiments, the third field includes a second list, wherein the second list includes: a logical channel identifier corresponding to a separated secondary radio link control (RLC) entity, wherein the logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary radio link control (RLC) entity is a logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary radio link control (RLC) entity indicated for uplink data transmission to fall back to a separated bearer when the data radio bearer (DRB) corresponding to the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is a separated bearer.
在一些实施方式中,所述第二列表按照所述分离的辅RLC实体对应的主RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识的升序排列;其中,在所述第三字段中特定索引位置对应的主RLC实体在不同的小区组没有对应的分离的辅RLC实体的情况下,忽略所述索引位置的第三字段。In some embodiments, the second list is arranged in ascending order of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity; wherein, when the primary RLC entity corresponding to a specific index position in the third field does not have a corresponding separated secondary RLC entity in a different cell group, the third field of the index position is ignored.
在一些实施方式中,所述第四字段包括第三列表,所述第三列表指示在收到所述第一信令时各关联的上行无线链路控制(RLC)实体的重复传输的状态。In some embodiments, the fourth field includes a third list indicating a status of repeated transmission of each associated uplink radio link control (RLC) entity when the first signaling is received.
在一些实施方式中,所述第四字段的所述第三列表中的每个值是一个X比特的位图,所述位图指示该索引位置对应的主RLC实体对应的其他非主RLC实体是处于重复传输激活或者去激活状态;在所述如果比特位为第一值的情况下,该比特位对应的RLC实体的重复传输被激活;其中,所述X比特的指示顺序按照除了该主RLC实体之外的其他关联的RLC实体的逻辑信道标识的升序进行排序,并按照主小区组和辅小区组的顺序排序。In some embodiments, each value in the third list of the fourth field is an X-bit bitmap, and the bitmap indicates whether other non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the index position are in a repeated transmission activation or deactivation state; in the case where the bit is the first value, the repeated transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is activated; wherein the indication order of the X bits is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of other associated RLC entities except the primary RLC entity, and is sorted in order of the primary cell group and the secondary cell group.
在一些实施方式中,在所述主RLC实体对应的非主RLC实体个数小于X的情况下,忽略所述位图的高位指示;和/或所述第四字段的主RLC实体对应的重复传输状态按照对应的所述第一字段的主RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识的值的升序排列;和/或在特定索引的主RLC实体没有对应的非主RLC实体的情况下,忽略所述索引位置的所述第四字段。In some embodiments, when the number of non-master RLC entities corresponding to the master RLC entity is less than X, the high-order indication of the bitmap is ignored; and/or the repeated transmission status corresponding to the master RLC entity of the fourth field is arranged in ascending order of the value of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the master RLC entity of the corresponding first field; and/or when the master RLC entity of a specific index has no corresponding non-master RLC entity, the fourth field of the index position is ignored.
在一些实施方式中,在所述数据无线承载(DRB)被配置了双激活协议栈(DAPS) 承载的情况下,所述数据无线承载(DRB)对应的分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体在适用的情况下进行双激活协议栈(DAPS)切换;其中,所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)被映射到双激活协议栈(DAPS)承载的两个可用于上行传输的无线链路控制(RLC)实体以及,两个可用于上行传输的无线链路控制(RLC)实体中的一个无线链路控制(RLC)实体是针对源小区,两个可用于上行传输的无线链路控制(RLC)实体中的另一个无线链路控制(RLC)实体针对目标小区的情况下,对所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)进行双激活协议栈(DAPS)切换。In some embodiments, when the data radio bearer (DRB) is configured with a dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) bearer, the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity corresponding to the data radio bearer (DRB) performs a dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) switch when applicable; wherein, the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped to two radio link control (RLC) entities available for uplink transmission carried by the dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) bearer, and when one of the two radio link control (RLC) entities available for uplink transmission is for a source cell and the other of the two radio link control (RLC) entities available for uplink transmission is for a target cell, the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) performs a dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) switch.
在一些实施方式中,在包括至少一个协议数据单元(PDU)组的数据无线承载(DRB)中,每个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组在各小区组关联的RLC承载个数相同。In some embodiments, in a data radio bearer (DRB) including at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group, each of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups is associated with the same number of RLC bearers in each cell group.
在一些实施方式中,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体的个数由以下至少一项确定:In some implementations, the number of radio link control (RLC) entities associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is determined by at least one of the following:
所述第一信息中预定种类的信息的值的个数,the number of values of the predetermined type of information in the first information,
无线承载(RB)的特性;或者Characteristics of the Radio Bearer (RB); or
无线链路控制(RLC)模式。Radio Link Control (RLC) mode.
在一些实施方式中,映射单元8011还被配置为:对于分离承载或者配置了分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)重复传输的无线承载,对于每个传输方向,每个分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联到小于等于N×M个无确认模式(UM)无线链路控制(RLC)实体;或者关联到小于等于N×M个确认模式(AM)无线链路控制(RLC)实体,其中;对于分离承载:N=2;对于配置了分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)重复传输的无线承载:2<=N<=4;对于双激活协议栈(DAPS)承载,对于每个传输方向,每个分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联到小于等于M个针对源小区的无确认模式(UM)无线链路控制(RLC)实体以及小于等于M个针对目标小区的无确认模式(UM)无线链路控制(RLC)实体;或者关联到小于等于M个针对源小区的无确认模式(UM)无线链路控制(RLC)实体,小于等于M个针对目标小区的确认模式(AM)无线链路控制(RLC)实体;其中,M表述所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括的协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射的不同主无线链路控制(RLC)实体的个数。In some embodiments, the mapping unit 8011 is further configured to: for a separate bearer or a wireless bearer configured with repeated transmission of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), for each transmission direction, each packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is associated with less than or equal to N×M unacknowledged mode (UM) radio link control (RLC) entities; or is associated with less than or equal to N×M acknowledged mode (AM) radio link control (RLC) entities, where; for a separate bearer: N=2; for a wireless bearer configured with repeated transmission of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP): 2<=N<=4; for a dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) bearer, for each transmission direction , each packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is associated with less than or equal to M unacknowledged mode (UM) radio link control (RLC) entities for the source cell and less than or equal to M unacknowledged mode (UM) radio link control (RLC) entities for the target cell; or is associated with less than or equal to M unacknowledged mode (UM) radio link control (RLC) entities for the source cell and less than or equal to M acknowledged mode (AM) radio link control (RLC) entities for the target cell; wherein M represents the number of different primary radio link control (RLC) entities mapped to the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) included in the data radio bearer (DRB).
在一些实施方式中,传输单元801还包括:提交单元8012,其根据数据服务数据单元(SDU)的服务数据适配协议(SDAP)报头中的所述第一信息以及根据无线资源控制(RRC)配置的协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)到无线链路控制(RLC)承载(bearer)的映射关系,和/或针对无线链路控制(RLC)实体的重复传输激活状态,将所述数据服 务数据单元(SDU)提交到对应的无线链路控制(RLC)实体。In some embodiments, the transmission unit 801 also includes: a submission unit 8012, which submits the data service data unit (SDU) to the corresponding radio link control (RLC) entity according to the first information in the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) header of the data service data unit (SDU) and the mapping relationship from the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) configured by the radio resource control (RRC) to the radio link control (RLC) bearer, and/or the repeated transmission activation status of the radio link control (RLC) entity.
在一些实施方式中,提交单元8012还被配置为:In some implementations, the submitting unit 8012 is further configured to:
复制分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU),根据所述第一信息将所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU)提交到分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)重复传输激活的关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体;和/或duplicating a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU), and submitting the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) to an associated radio link control (RLC) entity activated for packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) repeat transmission according to the first information; and/or
针对具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)配置了分离的辅无线链路控制(RLC)实体,在所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU)的大小等于或高于第一阈值时,根据所述第一信息将所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU)提交到主无线链路控制(RLC)实体或分离的辅无线链路控制(RLC)实体;和/或,在所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU)的大小低于第一阈值时,根据所述第一信息将所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU)提交到对应的主无线链路控制(RLC)实体;和/或A separate secondary radio link control (RLC) entity is configured for at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information, and when the size of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) is equal to or higher than a first threshold, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) is submitted to a primary radio link control (RLC) entity or a separate secondary radio link control (RLC) entity according to the first information; and/or, when the size of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) is lower than the first threshold, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) is submitted to the corresponding primary radio link control (RLC) entity according to the first information; and/or
在发送的所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联的是双激活协议栈(DAPS)承载的情况下:In the case where the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity sent is associated with a dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) bearer:
在没有被要求上行数据切换时:根据所述第一信息将所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU)提交到关联到源小区的无线链路控制(RLC)实体;When uplink data switching is not required: submitting the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) to a radio link control (RLC) entity associated with a source cell according to the first information;
在被要求上行数据切换时:根据所述第一信息将所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU)提交到关联到目标小区的无线链路控制(RLC)实体,和/或,对于源小区关联的分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)控制协议数据单元(PDU),将所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)控制协议数据单元(PDU)提交到任意关联到源小区的无线链路控制(RLC)实体,对于目标小区关联的分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)控制协议数据单元(PDU),将所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)控制协议数据单元(PDU)提交到任意关联到目标小区的无线链路控制(RLC)实体。When uplink data switching is required: submit the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) to the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the target cell according to the first information, and/or, for the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) control protocol data unit (PDU) associated with the source cell, submit the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) control protocol data unit (PDU) to any radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the source cell, and for the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) control protocol data unit (PDU) associated with the target cell, submit the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) control protocol data unit (PDU) to any radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the target cell.
在一些实施方式中,提交单元8012还被配置为:在发送的所述PDCP实体关联了至少两个所述RLC实体,以及激活了PDCP重复传输,以及所述PDCP实体被配置为用于应用级别的PDU Set的情况下:复制PDCP数据PDU,根据所述第一信息将所述PDCP数据PDU提交到PDCP重复传输激活的关联的RLC实体。In some embodiments, the submission unit 8012 is further configured to: when the sending PDCP entity is associated with at least two of the RLC entities, and PDCP retransmission is activated, and the PDCP entity is configured for application-level PDU Set: copy the PDCP data PDU, and submit the PDCP data PDU to the associated RLC entity with PDCP retransmission activated according to the first information.
在一些实施方式中,提交单元8012还被配置为:在发送的所述PDCP实体关联了至少两个所述RLC实体,以及没有配置或者去激活了PDCP重复传输,以及PDCP实 体被配置为用于应用级别的PDU Set的情况下,针对具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)配置了分离的辅RLC实体,在所述PDCP数据PDU的大小等于或高于第一阈值时,根据所述第一信息将所述PDCP数据PDU提交到主RLC实体或分离的辅RLC实体;和/或,在所述PDCP数据PDU的大小低于第一阈值时,根据所述第一信息将所述PDCP数据PDU提交到对应的主RLC实体。In some embodiments, the submission unit 8012 is further configured to: when the sent PDCP entity is associated with at least two of the RLC entities, and PDCP repeated transmission is not configured or deactivated, and the PDCP entity is configured for a PDU Set at the application level, a separate secondary RLC entity is configured for at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information, when the size of the PDCP data PDU is equal to or higher than a first threshold, submit the PDCP data PDU to the primary RLC entity or the separated secondary RLC entity according to the first information; and/or, when the size of the PDCP data PDU is lower than the first threshold, submit the PDCP data PDU to the corresponding primary RLC entity according to the first information.
在一些实施方式中,提交单元8012还被配置为:在发送的所述PDCP实体关联的是DAPS承载,以及所述PDCP实体被配置为用于应用级别的PDU Set的情况下:在没有被要求上行数据切换时:根据所述第一信息将所述PDCP数据PDU提交到关联到源小区的RLC实体;在被要求上行数据切换时:根据所述第一信息将所述PDCP数据PDU提交到关联到目标小区的RLC实体,以及,对于源小区关联的PDCP控制PDU,将所述PDCP控制PDU提交到任意关联到源小区的RLC实体,对于目标小区关联的PDCP控制PDU,将所述PDCP控制PDU提交到任意关联到目标小区的RLC实体。In some embodiments, the submission unit 8012 is further configured to: when the PDCP entity sent is associated with a DAPS bearer and the PDCP entity is configured for an application-level PDU Set: when uplink data switching is not required: submit the PDCP data PDU to the RLC entity associated with the source cell according to the first information; when uplink data switching is required: submit the PDCP data PDU to the RLC entity associated with the target cell according to the first information, and, for the PDCP control PDU associated with the source cell, submit the PDCP control PDU to any RLC entity associated with the source cell, and for the PDCP control PDU associated with the target cell, submit the PDCP control PDU to any RLC entity associated with the target cell.
在一些实施方式中,提交单元8012还被配置为:在所述PDCP实体被配置为用于应用级别的PDU Set以及发送的所述PDCP实体关联到两个对应同一预定的第一信息的RLC实体的情况下,在收到低层请求之前最小化提交到低层的PDCP SDU数量,以及最小化提交到所述两个对应同一预定的第一信息的RLC实体的之间的PDCP序列号间隔。In some embodiments, the submission unit 8012 is further configured to: minimize the number of PDCP SDUs submitted to the lower layer before receiving a lower layer request, and minimize the PDCP sequence number interval between the two RLC entities corresponding to the same predetermined first information, when the PDCP entity is configured for an application-level PDU Set and the sent PDCP entity is associated with two RLC entities corresponding to the same predetermined first information.
在一些实施方式中,数据传输装置800还包括:第二接收单元803,其接收第二信令,其中,所述第二信令激活和/或去激活所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体的重复传输。In some embodiments, the data transmission device 800 also includes: a second receiving unit 803, which receives a second signaling, wherein the second signaling activates and/or deactivates repeated transmission of a radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
在一些实施方式中,所述第二信令为MAC控制元素(MAC CE);在所述第二信令指示了对配置了分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)重复传输的一个数据无线承载(DRB)携带的具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的一个或多个无线链路控制(RLC)实体激活的情况下,将激活信息指示给上层;和/或,In some embodiments, the second signaling is a MAC control element (MAC CE); when the second signaling indicates activation of one or more radio link control (RLC) entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with repeated transmission of a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), the activation information is indicated to an upper layer; and/or,
在所述第二信令指示了对配置了分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)重复传输的一个数据无线承载(DRB)携带的具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的一个或多个无线链路控制(RLC)实体去激活的情况下,将去激活信息指示给上层。When the second signaling indicates the deactivation of one or more radio link control (RLC) entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with repeated transmission of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), the deactivation information is indicated to the upper layer.
在一些实施方式中,所述激活信息和/或所述去激活信息包括:In some implementations, the activation information and/or the deactivation information includes:
DRB标识字段,其指示所述第二信令对应的DRB的标识;A DRB identification field, which indicates an identification of the DRB corresponding to the second signaling;
第一信息(i)字段,其指示索引位置为(i)的第一信息值;A first information (i) field indicating a first information value at index position (i);
RLC(ij)字段,其指示对于第一信息(i)关联的RLC实体(j)的PDCP重复传输激活/去激活的状态;其中(j)按照第一信息(i)关联的非主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识的升序进行排序,并且按照先MCG后SCG的顺序排序;在所述RLC(ij)字段被设为第一值,指示RLC实体(j)的PDCP重复传输被激活;在所述RLC(ij)字段被设为第二值,指示RLC实体(j)的PDCP重复传输被去激活。An RLC (ij) field, which indicates the status of PDCP repetitive transmission activation/deactivation for the RLC entity (j) associated with the first information (i); wherein (j) is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifier of the non-primary RLC entity associated with the first information (i), and is sorted in the order of MCG first and then SCG; when the RLC (ij) field is set to a first value, it indicates that the PDCP repetitive transmission of the RLC entity (j) is activated; when the RLC (ij) field is set to a second value, it indicates that the PDCP repetitive transmission of the RLC entity (j) is deactivated.
在一些实施方式中,通过第二信令激活和/或去激活所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的RLC实体的重复传输还包括:同时激活/去激活多个DRB关联的RLC实体。In some embodiments, activating and/or deactivating repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) through the second signaling also includes: simultaneously activating/deactivating RLC entities associated with multiple DRBs.
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明,但本申请不限于此,还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如,可以单独使用上述各个实施例,也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。The above embodiments are merely exemplary of the embodiments of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto, and appropriate modifications may be made based on the above embodiments. For example, the above embodiments may be used alone, or one or more of the above embodiments may be combined.
值得注意的是,以上仅对与本申请相关的各部件或模块进行了说明,但本申请不限于此。数据传输装置800还可以包括其他部件或者模块,关于这些部件或者模块的具体内容,可以参考相关技术。It is worth noting that the above only describes the components or modules related to the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto. The data transmission device 800 may also include other components or modules, and the specific contents of these components or modules may refer to the relevant technology.
此外,为了简单起见,图8中仅示例性示出了各个部件或模块之间的连接关系或信号走向,但是本领域技术人员应该清楚的是,可以采用总线连接等各种相关技术。上述各个部件或模块可以通过例如处理器、存储器、发射机、接收机等硬件设施来实现;本申请实施并不对此进行限制。In addition, for the sake of simplicity, FIG8 only exemplifies the connection relationship or signal direction between various components or modules, but it should be clear to those skilled in the art that various related technologies such as bus connection can be used. The above-mentioned various components or modules can be implemented by hardware facilities such as processors, memories, transmitters, and receivers; the implementation of this application is not limited to this.
由上述实施例可知,本申请根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,从而提高XRM业务的传输性能,进一步提高了在资源分配、丢包处理时的效率、减少了资源浪费,并且可以保障差异化的PDU Set的处理以及满足PDU Set的集成数据处理需求。It can be seen from the above embodiments that the present application performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching on the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, reducing resource waste, and can ensure the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meet the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
第四方面的实施例Embodiments of the fourth aspect
本申请实施例提供一种数据发送装置。该装置例如可以是网络设备,也可以是配置于网络设备的某个或某些部件或者组件,与第二方面的实施例相同的内容不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application provides a data sending device, which may be, for example, a network device, or may be one or more components or assemblies configured in the network device, and the same contents as those in the embodiment of the second aspect will not be repeated.
图9是本申请实施例的数据发送装置的一示意图。如图9所示,数据发送装置900包括:FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a data sending device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG9 , the data sending device 900 includes:
第一发送单元901,其发送第一信令;其中,所述第一信令配置数据无线承载(DRB)对应的分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体的重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一信 令配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态;A first sending unit 901, which sends a first signaling; wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity corresponding to a data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
其中,一个所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,所述协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。Among them, one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
由此,本申请根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,从而提高XRM业务的传输性能,进一步提高了在资源分配、丢包处理时的效率、减少了资源浪费,并且可以保障差异化的PDU Set的处理以及满足PDU Set的集成数据处理需求。Therefore, the present application performs repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or DAPS switching of the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, reducing resource waste, and ensuring the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meeting the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一信令包括第一字段,其中,所述第一字段配置重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一字段配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态;在所述第一字段的值为真的情况下,所述PDCP实体被配置为激活重复传输,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下进行重复传输,和/或在所述第一字段的值为假的情况下,所述PDCP实体被配置为去激活重复传输,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体去激活重复传输。In some embodiments, the first signaling includes a first field, wherein the first field configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission; and/or the first field configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission; when the value of the first field is true, the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, and/or when the value of the first field is false, the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity deactivates repeated transmission.
在一些实施方式中,在所述PDCP实体被配置为激活重复传输的情况下,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下进行重复传输包括:在具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的RLC实体之间进行重复传输。In some embodiments, when the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, including: performing repeated transmission between RLC entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
在一些实施方式中,在所述PDCP实体被配置为去激活重复传输的情况下;所述第一信令还包括第二字段,其中,所述第二字段指示至少一个主路径;和/或,所述第一信令还包括第三字段,其中,所述第三字段指示至少一个分离传输的辅路径。In some embodiments, when the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission; the first signaling also includes a second field, wherein the second field indicates at least one primary path; and/or the first signaling also includes a third field, wherein the third field indicates at least one secondary path of separate transmission.
在一些实施方式中,在所述PDCP实体对应的所述数据无线承载(DRB)是分离承载的情况下,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下实行或者回退到分离传输;其中,根据所述第二字段和/或所述第三字段确定分离传输的主路径和/或辅路径。In some embodiments, when the data radio bearer (DRB) corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separate bearer, the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable; wherein the main path and/or auxiliary path of the separate transmission is determined based on the second field and/or the third field.
在一些实施方式中,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下实行或者回退到分离传输包括:在具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应多个RLC实体并且所述多个RLC实体属于不同小区组的情况下,对至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的多个RLC实体进行分离传输。In some embodiments, the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable, including: when at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information corresponds to multiple RLC entities and the multiple RLC entities belong to different cell groups, separate transmission is performed on the multiple RLC entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
在一些实施方式中,所述第一信令还包括第四字段,其中,在所述第四字段被配置的情况下忽略所述第一字段,其中,所述第四字段配置每个具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的非主RLC实体的重复传输激活和/或去激 活状态。In some embodiments, the first signaling also includes a fourth field, wherein the first field is ignored when the fourth field is configured, wherein the fourth field configures the repeated transmission activation and/or deactivation status of each non-primary RLC entity corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一信令为RRC重配(RRC-Reconfiguration)消息;所述第二字段和/或所述第三字段和/或所述第四字段包含在配置所述PDCP实体相关的参数的配置字段中。In some embodiments, the first signaling is an RRC-Reconfiguration message; the second field and/or the third field and/or the fourth field are included in a configuration field for configuring parameters related to the PDCP entity.
在一些实施方式中,所述第二字段包括第一列表,所述第一列表包括:主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID),其中,所述主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID)是在所述PDU组关联了多个RLC实体的情况下,用于上行数据传输的主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID)。In some embodiments, the second field includes a first list, wherein the first list includes: a logical channel identifier (LCID) of a primary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity used for uplink data transmission when the PDU group is associated with multiple RLC entities.
在一些实施方式中,所述主RLC实体属于主路径字段里的小区组字段对应的小区组。In some implementations, the primary RLC entity belongs to a cell group corresponding to a cell group field in a primary path field.
在一些实施方式中,在所述第一列表中,由所述逻辑信道标识(LCID)的升序进行排序。In some embodiments, the first list is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifier (LCID).
在一些实施方式中,所述第三字段包括第二列表,其中所述第二列表包括:分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识,其中,所述分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识是在所述PDCP实体对应的DRB是分离承载的情况下,为上行数据传输进行回退到分离承载而指示的分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识。In some embodiments, the third field includes a second list, wherein the second list includes: a logical channel identifier corresponding to a separated secondary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity indicated for uplink data transmission to fall back to a separated bearer when the DRB corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separated bearer.
在一些实施方式中,所述第二列表按照所述分离的辅RLC实体对应的主RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识的升序排列;其中,在所述第三字段中特定索引位置对应的主RLC实体在不同的小区组没有对应的分离的辅RLC实体的情况下,忽略所述索引位置的第三字段。In some embodiments, the second list is arranged in ascending order of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity; wherein, when the primary RLC entity corresponding to a specific index position in the third field does not have a corresponding separated secondary RLC entity in a different cell group, the third field of the index position is ignored.
在一些实施方式中,所述第四字段包括第三列表,所述第三列表指示在收到所述第一信令时各关联的上行RLC实体的重复传输的状态。In some implementations, the fourth field includes a third list, and the third list indicates the status of repeated transmission of each associated uplink RLC entity when the first signaling is received.
在一些实施方式中,所述第四字段的所述第三列表中的每个值是一个X比特的位图,所述位图指示该索引位置对应的主RLC实体对应的其他非主RLC实体是处于重复传输激活或者去激活状态;在所述如果比特位为第一值的情况下,该比特位对应的RLC实体的重复传输被激活;其中,所述X比特的指示顺序按照除了该主RLC实体之外的其他关联的RLC实体的逻辑信道标识的升序进行排序,并按照主小区组和辅小区组的顺序排序。In some embodiments, each value in the third list of the fourth field is an X-bit bitmap, and the bitmap indicates whether other non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the index position are in a repeated transmission activation or deactivation state; in the case where the bit is the first value, the repeated transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is activated; wherein the indication order of the X bits is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of other associated RLC entities except the primary RLC entity, and is sorted in order of the primary cell group and the secondary cell group.
在一些实施方式中,在所述主RLC实体对应的非主RLC实体个数小于X的情况下,忽略所述位图的高位指示;和/或所述第四字段的主RLC实体对应的重复传输状态按照 对应的所述第一字段的主RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识的值的升序排列;和/或在特定索引的主RLC实体没有对应的非主RLC实体的情况下,忽略所述索引位置的所述第四字段。In some embodiments, when the number of non-master RLC entities corresponding to the master RLC entity is less than X, the high-order indication of the bitmap is ignored; and/or the repeated transmission states corresponding to the master RLC entities of the fourth field are arranged in ascending order of the values of the logical channel identifiers corresponding to the master RLC entities of the corresponding first field; and/or when the master RLC entity of a specific index has no corresponding non-master RLC entity, the fourth field of the index position is ignored.
在一些实施方式中,数据发送装置900还包括:第二发送单元902,其发送第二信令:其中,所述第二信令激活和/或去激活所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的RLC实体的重复传输。In some embodiments, the data sending device 900 also includes: a second sending unit 902, which sends a second signaling: wherein the second signaling activates and/or deactivates repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
在一些实施方式中,所述第二信令为MAC CE,所述第二信令包含对配置了PDCP重复传输的一个数据无线承载(DRB)携带的具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的一个或多个RLC实体的激活信息或去激活信息。In some embodiments, the second signaling is a MAC CE, and the second signaling includes activation information or deactivation information of one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission.
在一些实施方式中,所述激活信息和/或所述去激活信息包括:DRB标识字段,其指示所述第二信令对应的DRB的标识;第一信息(i)字段,其指示索引位置为(i)的第一信息值;RLC(ij)字段,其指示对于第一信息(i)关联的RLC实体j的PDCP重复传输激活/去激活的状态;其中(j)按照第一信息(i)关联的非主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识的升序进行排序,并且按照先MCG后SCG的顺序排序;在所述RLC(ij)字段被设为第一值,指示RLC实体(j)的PDCP重复传输被激活;在所述RLC(ij)字段被设为第二值,指示RLC实体(j)的PDCP重复传输被去激活。In some embodiments, the activation information and/or the deactivation information includes: a DRB identification field, which indicates the identification of the DRB corresponding to the second signaling; a first information (i) field, which indicates the first information value with index position (i); an RLC (ij) field, which indicates the PDCP repetition transmission activation/deactivation status of the RLC entity j associated with the first information (i); wherein (j) is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identification of the non-primary RLC entity associated with the first information (i), and is sorted in the order of MCG first and then SCG; when the RLC (ij) field is set to the first value, it indicates that the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity (j) is activated; when the RLC (ij) field is set to the second value, it indicates that the PDCP repetition transmission of the RLC entity (j) is deactivated.
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明,但本申请不限于此,还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如,可以单独使用上述各个实施例,也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。The above embodiments are merely exemplary of the embodiments of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto, and appropriate modifications may be made based on the above embodiments. For example, the above embodiments may be used alone, or one or more of the above embodiments may be combined.
值得注意的是,以上仅对与本申请相关的各部件或模块进行了说明,但本申请不限于此。数据发送装置900还可以包括其他部件或者模块,关于这些部件或者模块的具体内容,可以参考相关技术。It is worth noting that the above only describes the components or modules related to the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto. The data sending device 900 may also include other components or modules, and the specific contents of these components or modules may refer to the relevant technology.
此外,为了简单起见,图9中仅示例性示出了各个部件或模块之间的连接关系或信号走向,但是本领域技术人员应该清楚的是,可以采用总线连接等各种相关技术。上述各个部件或模块可以通过例如处理器、存储器、发射机、接收机等硬件设施来实现;本申请实施并不对此进行限制。In addition, for the sake of simplicity, FIG. 9 only exemplifies the connection relationship or signal direction between various components or modules, but it should be clear to those skilled in the art that various related technologies such as bus connection can be used. The above-mentioned various components or modules can be implemented by hardware facilities such as processors, memories, transmitters, and receivers; the implementation of this application is not limited to this.
由上述实施例可知,本申请根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,从而提高XRM业务的传输性能,进一步提高了在资源分配、丢包处理时的效率、减少了资源浪费,并且可以保障差异化的PDU Set的处理以及满足PDU Set的集成数据处理需求。It can be seen from the above embodiments that the present application performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching on the protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by the data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information, thereby improving the transmission performance of the XRM service, further improving the efficiency in resource allocation and packet loss processing, reducing resource waste, and can ensure the processing of differentiated PDU Sets and meet the integrated data processing requirements of PDU Sets.
第五方面的实施例Embodiments of the fifth aspect
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,与第一方面至第四方面的实施例相同的内容不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, and the contents that are the same as those of the embodiments of the first to fourth aspects are not repeated here.
在一些实施例中,通信系统至少可以包括:In some embodiments, the communication system may include at least:
网络设备,其发送第一信令;其中,所述第一信令配置数据无线承载(DRB)对应的PDCP实体的重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一信令配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态;A network device that sends a first signaling; wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a PDCP entity corresponding to a data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
终端设备,其根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,A terminal device, which performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching on a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information,
其中,一个所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,所述协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的所述第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。Wherein, one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备,例如可以是基站,但本申请不限于此,还可以是其他的网络设备。An embodiment of the present application further provides a network device, which may be, for example, a base station, but the present application is not limited thereto and may also be other network devices.
图10是本申请实施例的网络设备的构成示意图。如图10所示,网络设备1000可以包括:处理器1010(例如中央处理器CPU)和存储器1020;存储器1020耦合到处理器1010。其中该存储器1020可存储各种数据;此外还存储信息处理的程序1030,并且在处理器1010的控制下执行该程序1030,从而实现第二方面的实施例所述的方法。FIG10 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG10 , the network device 1000 may include: a processor 1010 (e.g., a central processing unit CPU) and a memory 1020; the memory 1020 is coupled to the processor 1010. The memory 1020 may store various data; in addition, it may also store a program 1030 for information processing, and the program 1030 may be executed under the control of the processor 1010, thereby implementing the method described in the embodiment of the second aspect.
此外,如图10所示,网络设备1000还可以包括:收发机1040和天线1050等;其中,上述部件的功能与现有技术类似,此处不再赘述。值得注意的是,网络设备1000也并不是必须要包括图10中所示的所有部件;此外,网络设备1000还可以包括图10中没有示出的部件,可以参考现有技术。In addition, as shown in FIG10 , the network device 1000 may further include: a transceiver 1040 and an antenna 1050, etc.; wherein the functions of the above components are similar to those of the prior art and are not described in detail here. It is worth noting that the network device 1000 does not necessarily have to include all the components shown in FIG10 ; in addition, the network device 1000 may also include components not shown in FIG10 , which may refer to the prior art.
本申请实施例还提供一种终端设备,但本申请不限于此,还可以是其他的设备。The embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal device, but the present application is not limited thereto and may also be other devices.
图11是本申请实施例的终端设备的示意图。如图11所示,该终端设备1100可以包括处理器1110和存储器1120;存储器1120存储有数据和程序,并耦合到处理器1110。值得注意的是,该图是示例性的;还可以使用其他类型的结构,来补充或代替该结构,以实现电信功能或其他功能。FIG11 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG11 , the terminal device 1100 may include a processor 1110 and a memory 1120; the memory 1120 stores data and programs and is coupled to the processor 1110. It is worth noting that the figure is exemplary; other types of structures may also be used to supplement or replace the structure to implement telecommunication functions or other functions.
例如,处理器1110可以被配置为执行程序而实现如第一方面的实施例所述的数据传输方法。例如处理器1110可以被配置为进行如下的控制:根据第一信息对数据无线 承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或双激活协议栈(DAPS)切换,其中,一个所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,所述协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的所述第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。For example, the processor 1110 may be configured to execute a program to implement the data transmission method as described in the embodiment of the first aspect. For example, the processor 1110 may be configured to perform the following control: repeat transmission or/and separate transmission and/or dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) switching of a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information, wherein one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
如图11所示,该终端设备1100还可以包括:通信模块1130、输入单元1140、显示器1150、电源1160。其中,上述部件的功能与现有技术类似,此处不再赘述。值得注意的是,终端设备1100也并不是必须要包括图11中所示的所有部件,上述部件并不是必需的;此外,终端设备1100还可以包括图11中没有示出的部件,可以参考现有技术。As shown in FIG11 , the terminal device 1100 may further include: a communication module 1130, an input unit 1140, a display 1150, and a power supply 1160. The functions of the above components are similar to those in the prior art and are not described in detail here. It is worth noting that the terminal device 1100 does not necessarily include all the components shown in FIG11 , and the above components are not necessary; in addition, the terminal device 1100 may also include components not shown in FIG11 , and reference may be made to the prior art.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序,其中当在终端设备中执行所述程序时,所述程序使得所述终端设备执行第一方面的实施例所述的数据传输方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program, wherein when the program is executed in a terminal device, the program enables the terminal device to execute the data transmission method described in the embodiment of the first aspect.
本申请实施例还提供一种存储有计算机程序的存储介质,其中所述计算机程序使得终端设备执行第一方面的实施例所述的数据传输方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium storing a computer program, wherein the computer program enables a terminal device to execute the data transmission method described in the embodiment of the first aspect.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序,其中当在终端设备中执行所述程序时,所述程序使得所述终端设备执行第二方面的实施例所述的数据发送方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program, wherein when the program is executed in a terminal device, the program causes the terminal device to execute the data sending method described in the embodiment of the second aspect.
本申请实施例还提供一种存储有计算机程序的存储介质,其中所述计算机程序使得终端设备执行第二方面的实施例所述的数据发送方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium storing a computer program, wherein the computer program enables a terminal device to execute the data sending method described in the embodiment of the second aspect.
本申请以上的装置和方法可以由硬件实现,也可以由硬件结合软件实现。本申请涉及这样的计算机可读程序,当该程序被逻辑部件所执行时,能够使该逻辑部件实现上文所述的装置或构成部件,或使该逻辑部件实现上文所述的各种方法或步骤。本申请还涉及用于存储以上程序的存储介质,如硬盘、磁盘、光盘、DVD、flash存储器等。The above devices and methods of the present application can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware combined with software. The present application relates to such a computer-readable program, which, when executed by a logic component, enables the logic component to implement the above-mentioned devices or components, or enables the logic component to implement the various methods or steps described above. The present application also relates to a storage medium for storing the above program, such as a hard disk, a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a DVD, a flash memory, etc.
结合本申请实施例描述的方法/装置可直接体现为硬件、由处理器执行的软件模块或二者组合。例如,图中所示的功能框图中的一个或多个和/或功能框图的一个或多个组合,既可以对应于计算机程序流程的各个软件模块,亦可以对应于各个硬件模块。这些软件模块,可以分别对应于图中所示的各个步骤。这些硬件模块例如可利用现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)将这些软件模块固化而实现。The method/device described in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as hardware, a software module executed by a processor, or a combination of the two. For example, one or more of the functional block diagrams shown in the figure and/or one or more combinations of the functional block diagrams may correspond to various software modules of the computer program flow or to various hardware modules. These software modules may correspond to the various steps shown in the figure, respectively. These hardware modules may be implemented by solidifying these software modules, for example, using a field programmable gate array (FPGA).
软件模块可以位于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动磁盘、CD-ROM或者本领域已知的任何其它形式的存储介质。可以将一种存储介质耦接至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息;或者该存储介质可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介 质可以位于ASIC中。该软件模块可以存储在移动终端的存储器中,也可以存储在可插入移动终端的存储卡中。例如,若设备(如移动终端)采用的是较大容量的MEGA-SIM卡或者大容量的闪存装置,则该软件模块可存储在该MEGA-SIM卡或者大容量的闪存装置中。The software module may be located in a RAM memory, a flash memory, a ROM memory, an EPROM memory, an EEPROM memory, a register, a hard disk, a removable disk, a CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art. A storage medium may be coupled to a processor so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium; or the storage medium may be an integral part of the processor. The processor and the storage medium may be located in an ASIC. The software module may be stored in a memory of a mobile terminal or in a memory card that can be inserted into the mobile terminal. For example, if a device (such as a mobile terminal) uses a large-capacity MEGA-SIM card or a large-capacity flash memory device, the software module may be stored in the MEGA-SIM card or the large-capacity flash memory device.
针对附图中描述的功能方框中的一个或多个和/或功能方框的一个或多个组合,可以实现为用于执行本申请所描述功能的通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件或者其任意适当组合。针对附图描述的功能方框中的一个或多个和/或功能方框的一个或多个组合,还可以实现为计算设备的组合,例如,DSP和微处理器的组合、多个微处理器、与DSP通信结合的一个或多个微处理器或者任何其它这种配置。For one or more of the functional blocks described in the drawings and/or one or more combinations of functional blocks, it can be implemented as a general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (DSP), application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component or any appropriate combination thereof for performing the functions described in the present application. For one or more of the functional blocks described in the drawings and/or one or more combinations of functional blocks, it can also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, such as a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in communication with a DSP, or any other such configuration.
以上结合具体的实施方式对本申请进行了描述,但本领域技术人员应该清楚,这些描述都是示例性的,并不是对本申请保护范围的限制。本领域技术人员可以根据本申请的精神和原理对本申请做出各种变型和修改,这些变型和修改也在本申请的范围内。The present application is described above in conjunction with specific implementation methods, but it should be clear to those skilled in the art that these descriptions are exemplary and are not intended to limit the scope of protection of the present application. Those skilled in the art can make various modifications and variations to the present application based on the spirit and principles of the present application, and these modifications and variations are also within the scope of the present application.
关于包括以上实施例的实施方式,还公开下述的附记:Regarding the implementation methods including the above embodiments, the following additional notes are also disclosed:
1.一种数据传输方法,其中,所述方法包括:1. A data transmission method, wherein the method comprises:
根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,Repeat transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching are performed on a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information,
其中,一个所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,所述协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的所述第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。Wherein, one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
2.根据附记1所述的方法,基于与所述重复传输和/或分离传输和/或DAPS切换有关的配置,将所述数据无线承载(DRB)上的所述至少一个协议数据单元(PDU)组映射到对应的无线链路控制(RLC)承载(bearer)上。2. According to the method described in Note 1, based on the configuration related to the repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or DAPS switching, the at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group on the data radio bearer (DRB) is mapped to the corresponding radio link control (RLC) bearer.
3.根据附记1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括以下信息的至少一种:3. The method according to Note 1, wherein the first information includes at least one of the following information:
所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息;Importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的标识信息;Identification information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)内的协议数据单元(PDU)序列号;a protocol data unit (PDU) sequence number within the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的开始和/或结束标志;The start and/or end flag of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的大小信息;Size information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射到的服务质量(QoS)流的标识信息;Identification information of the quality of service (QoS) flow to which the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped;
所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射到的子服务质量(QoS)流的标识信息;或者identification information of the sub-quality of service (QoS) flow to which the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped; or
所述协议数据单元(PDU)组的标识信息。The identification information of the protocol data unit (PDU) group.
4.根据附记3所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:接收第一信令;其中,所述第一信令配置所述数据无线承载(DRB)对应的PDCP实体的重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一信令配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态。4. The method according to Note 3, wherein the method further includes: receiving a first signaling; wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of the PDCP entity corresponding to the data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures the activation state and/or deactivation state of the repeated transmission.
5.根据附记4所述的方法,其中,所述第一信令包括第一字段,其中,所述第一字段配置重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一字段配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态;5. The method according to Note 4, wherein the first signaling includes a first field, wherein the first field configures repeated transmission and/or separated transmission; and/or the first field configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
在所述第一字段的值为真的情况下,所述PDCP实体被配置为激活重复传输,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下进行重复传输,和/或In case the value of the first field is true, the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, and/or
在所述第一字段的值为假的情况下,所述PDCP实体被配置为去激活重复传输,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体去激活重复传输。In case the value of the first field is false, the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity deactivates repeated transmission.
6.根据附记5所述的方法,其中,在所述PDCP实体被配置为激活重复传输的情况下,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下进行重复传输包括:6. The method according to Note 5, wherein, when the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, including:
在具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的RLC实体之间进行重复传输。Repeated transmission is performed between RLC entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
7.根据附记5所述的方法,其中,在所述PDCP实体被配置为去激活重复传输的情况下;7. The method according to Note 5, wherein, in the case where the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission;
所述第一信令还包括第二字段,其中,所述第二字段指示至少一个主路径;和/或,The first signaling further includes a second field, wherein the second field indicates at least one primary path; and/or,
所述第一信令还包括第三字段,其中,所述第三字段指示至少一个分离传输的辅路径。The first signaling further includes a third field, wherein the third field indicates at least one secondary path of separate transmission.
8.根据附记7所述的方法,其中,在所述PDCP实体对应的所述数据无线承载(DRB)是分离承载的情况下,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下实行或者回退到分离传输;8. The method according to Note 7, wherein, in the case where the data radio bearer (DRB) corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separate bearer, the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable;
其中,根据所述第二字段和/或所述第三字段确定分离传输的主路径和/或辅路径。Wherein, the main path and/or auxiliary path of the separated transmission is determined according to the second field and/or the third field.
9.根据附记8所述的方法,其中,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下实行或者回退到分离传输包括:9. The method according to Note 8, wherein the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable, including:
在具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应多个RLC 实体并且所述多个RLC实体属于不同小区组的情况下,对至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的多个RLC实体进行分离传输。When at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information corresponds to multiple RLC entities and the multiple RLC entities belong to different cell groups, the multiple RLC entities corresponding to the at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) are transmitted separately.
10.根据附记7所述的方法,其中,所述第一信令还包括第四字段,10. The method according to Note 7, wherein the first signaling further includes a fourth field,
其中,在所述第四字段被配置的情况下忽略所述第一字段,其中,所述第四字段配置每个具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的非主RLC实体的重复传输激活和/或去激活状态。Wherein, the first field is ignored when the fourth field is configured, wherein the fourth field configures the repeated transmission activation and/or deactivation status of each non-primary RLC entity corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
11.根据附记10所述的方法,其中,所述第一信令为无线资源控制(RRC)重配(RRC-Reconfiguration)消息;所述第二字段和/或所述第三字段和/或所述第四字段包含在配置所述PDCP实体相关的参数的配置字段中。11. The method according to Note 10, wherein the first signaling is a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration (RRC-Reconfiguration) message; the second field and/or the third field and/or the fourth field are included in the configuration field for configuring parameters related to the PDCP entity.
12.根据附记11所述的方法,其中,所述第二字段包括第一列表,所述第一列表包括:主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID),其中,所述主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID)是在所述PDU组关联了多个RLC实体的情况下,用于上行数据传输的主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID)。12. The method according to Note 11, wherein the second field includes a first list, and the first list includes: a logical channel identifier (LCID) of a primary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity used for uplink data transmission when the PDU group is associated with multiple RLC entities.
13.根据附记12所述的方法,其中,所述主RLC实体属于主路径字段里的小区组字段对应的小区组。13. The method according to Note 12, wherein the main RLC entity belongs to the cell group corresponding to the cell group field in the main path field.
14.根据附记12所述的方法,其中,在所述第一列表中,由所述逻辑信道标识(LCID)的升序进行排序。14. The method according to Note 12, wherein, in the first list, the logical channel identifier (LCID) is sorted in ascending order.
15.根据附记11所述的方法,其中,所述第三字段包括第二列表,其中所述第二列表包括:分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识,其中,所述分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识是在所述PDCP实体对应的DRB是分离承载的情况下,为上行数据传输进行回退到分离承载而指示的分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识。15. A method according to Note 11, wherein the third field includes a second list, wherein the second list includes: a logical channel identifier corresponding to a separated secondary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity indicated for uplink data transmission to fall back to a separated bearer when the DRB corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separated bearer.
16.根据附记15所述的方法,其中,所述第二列表按照所述分离的辅RLC实体对应的主RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识的升序排列;其中,在所述第三字段中特定索引位置对应的主RLC实体在不同的小区组没有对应的分离的辅RLC实体的情况下,忽略所述索引位置的第三字段。16. A method according to Note 15, wherein the second list is arranged in ascending order of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity; wherein, when the primary RLC entity corresponding to a specific index position in the third field does not have a corresponding separated secondary RLC entity in a different cell group, the third field of the index position is ignored.
17.根据附记11所述的方法,其中,所述第四字段包括第三列表,所述第三列表指示在收到所述第一信令时各关联的上行RLC实体的重复传输的状态。17. The method according to Note 11, wherein the fourth field includes a third list, and the third list indicates the status of repeated transmission of each associated uplink RLC entity when the first signaling is received.
18.根据附记17所述的方法,其中,所述第四字段的所述第三列表中的每个值是一个X比特的位图,所述位图指示该索引位置对应的主RLC实体对应的其他非主RLC实体是处于重复传输激活或者去激活状态;在所述如果比特位为第一值的情况下,该比特 位对应的RLC实体的重复传输被激活;其中,所述X比特的指示顺序按照除了该主RLC实体之外的其他关联的RLC实体的逻辑信道标识的升序进行排序,并按照主小区组和辅小区组的顺序排序。18. A method according to Note 17, wherein each value in the third list of the fourth field is an X-bit bitmap, and the bitmap indicates whether other non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the index position are in a repeated transmission activation or deactivation state; in the case where the bit is the first value, the repeated transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is activated; wherein the indication order of the X bits is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of other associated RLC entities except the primary RLC entity, and is sorted in the order of the primary cell group and the secondary cell group.
19.根据附记18所述的方法,其中,19. The method according to Note 18, wherein:
在所述主RLC实体对应的非主RLC实体个数小于X的情况下,忽略所述位图的高位指示;和/或When the number of non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity is less than X, ignoring the high-order indication of the bitmap; and/or
所述第四字段的主RLC实体对应的重复传输状态按照对应的所述第一字段的主RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识的值的升序排列;和/或The repetitive transmission states corresponding to the master RLC entity of the fourth field are arranged in ascending order according to the values of the logical channel identifiers corresponding to the master RLC entities of the corresponding first field; and/or
在特定索引的主RLC实体没有对应的非主RLC实体的情况下,忽略所述索引位置的所述第四字段。In the case where a master RLC entity at a specific index has no corresponding non-master RLC entity, the fourth field at the index position is ignored.
20.根据附记3所述的方法,其中,在所述数据无线承载(DRB)被配置了DAPS承载的情况下,所述DRB对应的PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下进行DAPS切换;20. The method according to Note 3, wherein, in the case where the data radio bearer (DRB) is configured with a DAPS bearer, the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity corresponding to the DRB performs DAPS switching when applicable;
其中,所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)被映射到DAPS承载的两个可用于上行传输的RLC实体以及,两个可用于上行传输的RLC实体中的一个RLC实体是针对源小区,两个可用于上行传输的RLC实体中的另一个RLC实体针对目标小区的情况下,Wherein, the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped to two RLC entities available for uplink transmission carried by the DAPS and, in the case where one of the two RLC entities available for uplink transmission is for a source cell and the other of the two RLC entities available for uplink transmission is for a target cell,
对所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)进行DAPS切换。Perform DAPS switching on the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
21.根据附记3所述的方法,其中,在包括至少一个协议数据单元(PDU)组的数据无线承载(DRB)中,每个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组在各小区组关联的RLC承载个数相同。21. A method according to Note 3, wherein, in a data radio bearer (DRB) comprising at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group, each of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups has the same number of RLC bearers associated with each cell group.
22.根据附记4所述的方法,其中,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体的个数由以下至少一项确定:22. The method according to Note 4, wherein the number of radio link control (RLC) entities associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is determined by at least one of the following:
所述第一信息中预定种类的信息的值的个数,the number of values of the predetermined type of information in the first information,
无线承载(RB)的特性;或者Characteristics of the Radio Bearer (RB); or
无线链路控制(RLC)模式。Radio Link Control (RLC) mode.
23.根据附记22所述的方法,其中,23. The method according to Note 22, wherein:
对于分离承载或者配置了PDCP重复传输的无线承载,对于每个传输方向,每个PDCP实体关联到小于等于N×M个UM RLC实体;或者关联到小于等于N×M个AM RLC实体,其中;对于分离承载:N=2;对于配置了PDCP重复传输的无线承载:2<=N<=4;For split bearers or radio bearers configured with PDCP retransmission, for each transmission direction, each PDCP entity is associated with less than or equal to N×M UM RLC entities; or is associated with less than or equal to N×M AM RLC entities, where: for split bearers: N=2; for radio bearers configured with PDCP retransmission: 2<=N<=4;
对于DAPS承载,对于每个传输方向,每个PDCP实体关联到小于等于M个针对源小区的UM RLC实体以及小于等于M个针对目标小区的UM RLC实体;或者关联到小于等于M个针对源小区的UM RLC实体,小于等于M个针对目标小区的AM RLC实体;For DAPS bearers, for each transmission direction, each PDCP entity is associated with less than or equal to M UM RLC entities for the source cell and less than or equal to M UM RLC entities for the target cell; or is associated with less than or equal to M UM RLC entities for the source cell and less than or equal to M AM RLC entities for the target cell;
其中,M表述所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括的协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射的不同主RLC实体的个数。Among them, M represents the number of different main RLC entities mapped by the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) included in the data radio bearer (DRB).
24.根据附记4所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:24. The method according to Note 4, wherein the method further comprises:
根据数据SDU的SDAP报头中的所述第一信息以及根据RRC配置的协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)到无线链路控制(RLC)承载(bearer)的映射关系,和/或针对RLC实体的重复传输激活状态,将所述数据SDU提交到对应的RLC实体。According to the first information in the SDAP header of the data SDU and the mapping relationship between the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) configured by RRC and the radio link control (RLC) bearer, and/or the repeated transmission activation status of the RLC entity, the data SDU is submitted to the corresponding RLC entity.
25.根据附记24所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:25. The method according to Note 24, wherein the method further comprises:
在发送的所述PDCP实体关联了至少两个所述RLC实体,以及激活了PDCP重复传输,以及所述PDCP实体被配置为用于应用级别的PDU Set的情况下:In case the PDCP entity sending is associated with at least two of the RLC entities, PDCP retransmission is activated, and the PDCP entity is configured for application level PDU Set:
复制PDCP数据PDU,根据所述第一信息将所述PDCP数据PDU提交到PDCP重复传输激活的关联的RLC实体。The PDCP data PDU is copied and submitted to the associated RLC entity activated for PDCP repeat transmission according to the first information.
26.根据附记24所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:26. The method according to Note 24, wherein the method further comprises:
在发送的所述PDCP实体关联了至少两个所述RLC实体,以及没有配置或者去激活了PDCP重复传输,以及PDCP实体被配置为用于应用级别的PDU Set的情况下,In the case where the PDCP entity sending is associated with at least two of the RLC entities, and PDCP retransmission is not configured or deactivated, and the PDCP entity is configured for application-level PDU Set,
针对具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)配置了分离的辅RLC实体,在所述PDCP数据PDU的大小等于或高于第一阈值时,根据所述第一信息将所述PDCP数据PDU提交到主RLC实体或分离的辅RLC实体;和/或,在所述PDCP数据PDU的大小低于第一阈值时,根据所述第一信息将所述PDCP数据PDU提交到对应的主RLC实体。A separate secondary RLC entity is configured for at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information, and when the size of the PDCP data PDU is equal to or higher than a first threshold, the PDCP data PDU is submitted to the primary RLC entity or the separated secondary RLC entity according to the first information; and/or, when the size of the PDCP data PDU is lower than the first threshold, the PDCP data PDU is submitted to the corresponding primary RLC entity according to the first information.
27.根据附记24所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:在发送的所述PDCP实体关联的是DAPS承载,以及所述PDCP实体被配置为用于应用级别的PDU Set的情况下:27. The method according to Note 24, wherein the method further comprises: when the PDCP entity sent is associated with a DAPS bearer and the PDCP entity is configured as a PDU Set for application level:
在没有被要求上行数据切换时:根据所述第一信息将所述PDCP数据PDU提交到关联到源小区的RLC实体;When uplink data switching is not required: submitting the PDCP data PDU to the RLC entity associated with the source cell according to the first information;
在被要求上行数据切换时:根据所述第一信息将所述PDCP数据PDU提交到关联到目标小区的RLC实体,以及,对于源小区关联的PDCP控制PDU,将所述PDCP控制PDU提交到任意关联到源小区的RLC实体,对于目标小区关联的PDCP控制PDU, 将所述PDCP控制PDU提交到任意关联到目标小区的RLC实体。When uplink data switching is required: submit the PDCP data PDU to the RLC entity associated with the target cell according to the first information, and, for the PDCP control PDU associated with the source cell, submit the PDCP control PDU to any RLC entity associated with the source cell, and for the PDCP control PDU associated with the target cell, submit the PDCP control PDU to any RLC entity associated with the target cell.
28.根据附记24所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:28. The method according to Note 24, wherein the method further comprises:
在所述PDCP实体被配置为用于应用级别的PDU Set以及发送的所述PDCP实体关联到两个对应同一预定的第一信息的RLC实体的情况下,In case the PDCP entity is configured for an application level PDU Set and the PDCP entity sending is associated to two RLC entities corresponding to the same predetermined first information,
在收到低层请求之前最小化提交到低层的PDCP SDU数量,以及最小化提交到所述两个对应同一预定的第一信息的RLC实体的之间的PDCP序列号间隔。Minimize the number of PDCP SDUs submitted to the lower layer before receiving a lower layer request, and minimize the PDCP sequence number interval between the two RLC entities corresponding to the same predetermined first information.
29.根据附记3所述的方法,所述方法还包括接收第二信令;其中,所述第二信令激活和/或去激活所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的RLC实体的重复传输。29. According to the method described in Note 3, the method also includes receiving a second signaling; wherein the second signaling activates and/or deactivates the repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
30.根据附记29所述的方法,其中,所述第二信令为MAC CE;30. The method according to Note 29, wherein the second signaling is MAC CE;
在所述第二信令指示了对配置了PDCP重复传输的一个数据无线承载(DRB)携带的具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的一个或多个RLC实体激活的情况下,将激活信息指示给上层;和/或,In case the second signaling indicates activation of one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission, indicating activation information to an upper layer; and/or,
在所述第二信令指示了对配置了PDCP重复传输的一个数据无线承载(DRB)携带的具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的一个或多个RLC实体去激活的情况下,将去激活信息指示给上层。When the second signaling indicates the deactivation of one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission, the deactivation information is indicated to the upper layer.
31.根据附记30所述的方法,其中,所述激活信息和/或所述去激活信息包括:31. The method according to Note 30, wherein the activation information and/or the deactivation information comprises:
DRB标识字段,其指示所述第二信令对应的DRB的标识;A DRB identification field, which indicates an identification of the DRB corresponding to the second signaling;
第一信息(i)字段,其指示索引位置为(i)的第一信息值;A first information (i) field indicating a first information value at index position (i);
RLC(ij)字段,其指示对于第一信息(i)关联的RLC实体(j)的PDCP重复传输激活/去激活的状态;其中(j)按照第一信息(i)关联的非主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识的升序进行排序,并且按照先MCG后SCG的顺序排序;在所述RLC(ij)字段被设为第一值,指示RLC实体(j)的PDCP重复传输被激活;在所述RLC(ij)字段被设为第二值,指示RLC实体(j)的PDCP重复传输被去激活。An RLC (ij) field, which indicates the status of PDCP repetitive transmission activation/deactivation for the RLC entity (j) associated with the first information (i); wherein (j) is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifier of the non-primary RLC entity associated with the first information (i), and is sorted in the order of MCG first and then SCG; when the RLC (ij) field is set to a first value, it indicates that the PDCP repetitive transmission of the RLC entity (j) is activated; when the RLC (ij) field is set to a second value, it indicates that the PDCP repetitive transmission of the RLC entity (j) is deactivated.
32.根据附记29所述的方法,其中,通过第二信令激活和/或去激活所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的RLC实体的重复传输还包括:同时激活/去激活多个DRB关联的RLC实体。32. According to the method described in Note 29, the repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) activated and/or deactivated by the second signaling also includes: simultaneously activating/deactivating RLC entities associated with multiple DRBs.
33.一种数据发送方法,其中,所述方法包括:33. A data transmission method, wherein the method comprises:
发送第一信令;其中,所述第一信令配置数据无线承载(DRB)对应的PDCP实体的重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一信令配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态;Sending a first signaling; wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a PDCP entity corresponding to a data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
其中,一个所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,所述协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。Among them, one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
34.根据附记33所述的方法,其中,所述第一信令包括第一字段,其中,所述第一字段配置重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一字段配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态;34. The method according to Note 33, wherein the first signaling includes a first field, wherein the first field configures repeated transmission and/or separated transmission; and/or the first field configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
在所述第一字段的值为真的情况下,所述PDCP实体被配置为激活重复传输,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下进行重复传输,和/或In case the value of the first field is true, the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, and/or
在所述第一字段的值为假的情况下,所述PDCP实体被配置为去激活重复传输,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体去激活重复传输。In case the value of the first field is false, the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission, and the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity deactivates repeated transmission.
35.根据附记34所述的方法,其中,在所述PDCP实体被配置为激活重复传输的情况下,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下进行重复传输包括:35. The method according to Note 34, wherein, in a case where the PDCP entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, comprising:
在具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的RLC实体之间进行重复传输。Repeated transmission is performed between RLC entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
36.根据附记34所述的方法,其中,在所述PDCP实体被配置为去激活重复传输的情况下;36. The method according to Note 34, wherein, in a case where the PDCP entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission;
所述第一信令还包括第二字段,其中,所述第二字段指示至少一个主路径;和/或,The first signaling further includes a second field, wherein the second field indicates at least one primary path; and/or,
所述第一信令还包括第三字段,其中,所述第三字段指示至少一个分离传输的辅路径。The first signaling further includes a third field, wherein the third field indicates at least one secondary path of separate transmission.
37.根据附记36所述的方法,其中,在所述PDCP实体对应的所述数据无线承载(DRB)是分离承载的情况下,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下实行或者回退到分离传输;37. The method according to Note 36, wherein, in the case where the data radio bearer (DRB) corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separate bearer, the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable;
其中,根据所述第二字段和/或所述第三字段确定分离传输的主路径和/或辅路径。Wherein, the main path and/or auxiliary path of the separated transmission is determined according to the second field and/or the third field.
38.根据附记37所述的方法,其中,所述PDCP实体关联的RLC实体在适用的情况下实行或者回退到分离传输包括:38. The method according to Note 37, wherein the RLC entity associated with the PDCP entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable, including:
在具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应多个RLC实体并且所述多个RLC实体属于不同小区组的情况下,对至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的多个RLC实体进行分离传输。When at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information corresponds to multiple RLC entities and the multiple RLC entities belong to different cell groups, the multiple RLC entities corresponding to the at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) are transmitted separately.
39.根据附记34所述的方法,其中,所述第一信令还包括第四字段,39. The method according to Note 34, wherein the first signaling further includes a fourth field,
其中,在所述第四字段被配置的情况下忽略所述第一字段,其中,所述第四字段配 置每个具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的非主RLC实体的重复传输激活和/或去激活状态。Wherein, the first field is ignored when the fourth field is configured, wherein the fourth field configures the repeated transmission activation and/or deactivation status of each non-primary RLC entity corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
40.根据附记39所述的方法,其中,所述第一信令为RRC重配(RRC-Reconfiguration)消息;所述第二字段和/或所述第三字段和/或所述第四字段包含在配置所述PDCP实体相关的参数的配置字段中。40. The method according to Note 39, wherein the first signaling is an RRC-Reconfiguration message; the second field and/or the third field and/or the fourth field are included in the configuration field for configuring parameters related to the PDCP entity.
41.根据附记40所述的方法,其中,所述第二字段包括第一列表,所述第一列表包括:主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID),其中,所述主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID)是在所述PDU组关联了多个RLC实体的情况下,用于上行数据传输的主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID)。41. A method according to Note 40, wherein the second field includes a first list, and the first list includes: a logical channel identifier (LCID) of a primary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary RLC entity used for uplink data transmission when the PDU group is associated with multiple RLC entities.
42.根据附记41所述的方法,其中,所述主RLC实体属于主路径字段里的小区组字段对应的小区组。42. A method according to Note 41, wherein the main RLC entity belongs to the cell group corresponding to the cell group field in the main path field.
43.根据附记41所述的方法,其中,在所述第一列表中,由所述逻辑信道标识(LCID)的升序进行排序。43. A method according to Note 41, wherein, in the first list, the logical channel identifier (LCID) is sorted in ascending order.
44.根据附记40所述的方法,其中,所述第三字段包括第二列表,其中所述第二列表包括:分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识,其中,所述分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识是在所述PDCP实体对应的DRB是分离承载的情况下,为上行数据传输进行回退到分离承载而指示的分离的辅RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识。44. A method according to Note 40, wherein the third field includes a second list, wherein the second list includes: a logical channel identifier corresponding to a separated secondary RLC entity, wherein the logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity is a logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity indicated for uplink data transmission to fall back to a separated bearer when the DRB corresponding to the PDCP entity is a separated bearer.
45.根据附记44所述的方法,其中,所述第二列表按照所述分离的辅RLC实体对应的主RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识的升序排列;其中,在所述第三字段中特定索引位置对应的主RLC实体在不同的小区组没有对应的分离的辅RLC实体的情况下,忽略所述索引位置的第三字段。45. A method according to Note 44, wherein the second list is arranged in ascending order of the logical channel identifier corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the separated secondary RLC entity; wherein, when the primary RLC entity corresponding to a specific index position in the third field does not have a corresponding separated secondary RLC entity in a different cell group, the third field of the index position is ignored.
46.根据附记40所述的方法,其中,所述第四字段包括第三列表,所述第三列表指示在收到所述第一信令时各关联的上行RLC实体的重复传输的状态。46. A method according to Note 40, wherein the fourth field includes a third list, and the third list indicates the status of repeated transmission of each associated uplink RLC entity when the first signaling is received.
47.根据附记46所述的方法,其中,所述第四字段的所述第三列表中的每个值是一个X比特的位图,所述位图指示该索引位置对应的主RLC实体对应的其他非主RLC实体是处于重复传输激活或者去激活状态;在所述如果比特位为第一值的情况下,该比特位对应的RLC实体的重复传输被激活;其中,所述X比特的指示顺序按照除了该主RLC实体之外的其他关联的RLC实体的逻辑信道标识的升序进行排序,并按照主小区组和辅小区组的顺序排序。47. A method according to Note 46, wherein each value in the third list of the fourth field is an X-bit bitmap, and the bitmap indicates whether other non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity corresponding to the index position are in a repeated transmission activation or deactivation state; in the case where the bit is the first value, the repeated transmission of the RLC entity corresponding to the bit is activated; wherein the indication order of the X bits is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers of other associated RLC entities except the primary RLC entity, and is sorted in the order of the primary cell group and the secondary cell group.
48.根据附记47所述的方法,其中,48. The method according to Note 47, wherein:
在所述主RLC实体对应的非主RLC实体个数小于X的情况下,忽略所述位图的高位指示;和/或When the number of non-primary RLC entities corresponding to the primary RLC entity is less than X, ignoring the high-order indication of the bitmap; and/or
所述第四字段的主RLC实体对应的重复传输状态按照对应的所述第一字段的主RLC实体对应的逻辑信道标识的值的升序排列;和/或The repetitive transmission states corresponding to the master RLC entity of the fourth field are arranged in ascending order according to the values of the logical channel identifiers corresponding to the master RLC entities of the corresponding first field; and/or
在特定索引的主RLC实体没有对应的非主RLC实体的情况下,忽略所述索引位置的所述第四字段。In the case where a master RLC entity at a specific index has no corresponding non-master RLC entity, the fourth field at the index position is ignored.
49.根据附记33所述的方法,所述方法还包括:49. The method according to Note 33, further comprising:
发送第二信令:其中,所述第二信令激活和/或去激活所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的RLC实体的重复传输。Sending a second signaling: wherein the second signaling activates and/or deactivates repeated transmission of the RLC entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
50.根据附记49所述的方法,其中,所述第二信令为MAC CE,所述第二信令包含对配置了PDCP重复传输的一个数据无线承载(DRB)携带的具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的一个或多个RLC实体的激活信息或去激活信息。50. The method according to Note 49, wherein the second signaling is MAC CE, and the second signaling includes activation information or deactivation information of one or more RLC entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with PDCP repeated transmission.
51.根据附记50所述的方法,其中,所述激活信息和/或所述去激活信息包括:51. The method according to note 50, wherein the activation information and/or the deactivation information comprises:
DRB标识字段,其指示所述第二信令对应的DRB的标识;A DRB identification field, which indicates an identification of the DRB corresponding to the second signaling;
第一信息(i)字段,其指示索引位置为(i)的第一信息值;A first information (i) field indicating a first information value at index position (i);
RLC(ij)字段,其指示对于第一信息(i)关联的RLC实体j的PDCP重复传输激活/去激活的状态;其中(j)按照第一信息(i)关联的非主RLC实体的逻辑信道标识的升序进行排序,并且按照先MCG后SCG的顺序排序;在所述RLC(ij)字段被设为第一值,指示RLC实体(j)的PDCP重复传输被激活;在所述RLC(ij)字段被设为第二值,指示RLC实体(j)的PDCP重复传输被去激活。An RLC (ij) field, which indicates the status of PDCP repetitive transmission activation/deactivation for the RLC entity j associated with the first information (i); wherein (j) is sorted in ascending order of the logical channel identifier of the non-primary RLC entity associated with the first information (i), and is sorted in the order of MCG first and then SCG; when the RLC (ij) field is set to a first value, it indicates that the PDCP repetitive transmission of the RLC entity (j) is activated; when the RLC (ij) field is set to a second value, it indicates that the PDCP repetitive transmission of the RLC entity (j) is deactivated.
52.一种终端设备,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器存储有计算机程序,所述处理器被配置为执行所述计算机程序而实现如附记1至32任一项所述的数据传输方法。52. A terminal device, comprising a memory and a processor, wherein the memory stores a computer program, and the processor is configured to execute the computer program to implement the data transmission method as described in any one of Notes 1 to 32.
53.一种网络设备,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器存储有计算机程序,所述处理器被配置为执行所述计算机程序而实现如附记33至51任一项所述的数据发送方法。53. A network device, comprising a memory and a processor, wherein the memory stores a computer program, and the processor is configured to execute the computer program to implement the data sending method as described in any one of Notes 33 to 51.
54.一种通信系统,包括:54. A communication system comprising:
网络设备,其发送第一信令;其中,所述第一信令配置数据无线承载(DRB)对应的PDCP实体的重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一信令配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态;A network device that sends a first signaling; wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a PDCP entity corresponding to a data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
终端设备,其根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU) 组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或DAPS切换,A terminal device, which performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or DAPS switching on a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information,
其中,一个所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,所述协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的所述第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。Wherein, one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种数据传输装置,所述数据传输装置包括:A data transmission device, comprising:
    传输单元,其根据第一信息对数据无线承载(DRB)携带的协议数据单元(PDU)组进行重复传输或/和分离传输和/或双激活协议栈(DAPS)切换,a transmission unit, which performs repeated transmission or/and separate transmission and/or dual active protocol stack (DAPS) switching on a protocol data unit (PDU) group carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) according to the first information,
    其中,一个所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,所述协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的所述第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。Wherein, one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的装置,其中,所述传输单元包括:The device according to claim 1, wherein the transmission unit comprises:
    映射单元,其基于与所述重复传输或/和分离传输和/或双激活协议栈(DAPS)切换有关的配置,将所述数据无线承载(DRB)上的所述至少一个协议数据单元(PDU)组映射到对应的无线链路控制(RLC)承载(bearer)上。A mapping unit, which maps the at least one protocol data unit (PDU) group on the data radio bearer (DRB) to a corresponding radio link control (RLC) bearer based on the configuration related to the repeated transmission and/or separate transmission and/or dual active protocol stack (DAPS) switching.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息包括以下信息的至少一种:The apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the first information comprises at least one of the following information:
    所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的重要性信息;Importance information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
    所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的标识信息;Identification information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
    所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)内的协议数据单元(PDU)序列号;a protocol data unit (PDU) sequence number within the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
    所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的开始和/或结束标志;The start and/or end flag of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
    所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)的大小信息;Size information of the protocol data unit set (PDU Set);
    所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射到的服务质量(QoS)流的标识信息;Identification information of the quality of service (QoS) flow to which the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped;
    所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射到的子服务质量(QoS)流的标识信息;或者identification information of the sub-quality of service (QoS) flow to which the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped; or
    所述协议数据单元(PDU)组的标识信息。The identification information of the protocol data unit (PDU) group.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的装置,其中,所述数据传输装置还包括:The device according to claim 3, wherein the data transmission device further comprises:
    第一接收单元,其接收第一信令,所述第一信令配置所述数据无线承载(DRB)对应的分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体的重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一信令配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态。A first receiving unit receives a first signaling, wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity corresponding to the data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of the repeated transmission.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的装置,其中,所述第一信令包括第一字段,其中,所述第一字段配置重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一字段配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态;The apparatus according to claim 4, wherein the first signaling comprises a first field, wherein the first field configures repeated transmission and/or separated transmission; and/or the first field configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
    在所述第一字段的值为真的情况下,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体被配置为激活重复传输,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体在适用的情况下进行重复传输,和/或In case the value of the first field is true, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, and the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, and/or
    在所述第一字段的值为假的情况下,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体被配置为去激活重复传输,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体去激活重复传输。When the value of the first field is false, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission, and a radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity deactivates repeated transmission.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的装置,其中,在所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体被配置为激活重复传输的情况下,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体在适用的情况下进行重复传输包括:The apparatus according to claim 5, wherein, in a case where the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is configured to activate repeated transmission, the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity performs repeated transmission when applicable, comprising:
    在具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的无线链路控制(RLC)实体之间进行重复传输。Repeated transmission is performed between radio link control (RLC) entities corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的装置,其中,在所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体被配置为去激活重复传输的情况下;The apparatus of claim 5, wherein, in a case where the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) entity is configured to deactivate repeated transmission;
    所述第一信令还包括第二字段,其中,所述第二字段指示至少一个主路径;和/或,The first signaling further includes a second field, wherein the second field indicates at least one primary path; and/or,
    所述第一信令还包括第三字段,其中,所述第三字段指示至少一个分离传输的辅路径。The first signaling further includes a third field, wherein the third field indicates at least one secondary path of separate transmission.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的装置,其中,在所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体对应的所述数据无线承载(DRB)是分离承载的情况下,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体在适用的情况下实行或者回退到分离传输;The apparatus of claim 7, wherein, in a case where the data radio bearer (DRB) corresponding to the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is a split bearer, the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) implements or falls back to split transmission when applicable;
    其中,根据所述第二字段和/或所述第三字段确定分离传输的主路径和/或辅路径。Wherein, the main path and/or auxiliary path of the separated transmission is determined according to the second field and/or the third field.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的装置,其中,所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体在适用的情况下实行或者回退到分离传输包括:The apparatus of claim 8, wherein the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity implements or falls back to separate transmission when applicable, comprising:
    在具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应多个无线链路控制(RLC)实体并且所述多个无线链路控制(RLC)实体属于不同小区组的情况下,对至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的多个无线链路控制(RLC)实体进行分离传输。When at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information corresponds to multiple radio link control (RLC) entities and the multiple radio link control (RLC) entities belong to different cell groups, the multiple radio link control (RLC) entities corresponding to the at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) are transmitted separately.
  10. 根据权利要求7所述的装置,其中,所述第一信令还包括第四字段,The apparatus according to claim 7, wherein the first signaling further includes a fourth field,
    其中,在所述第四字段被配置的情况下忽略所述第一字段,其中,所述第四字段配置每个具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)对应的非主无线链路控制(RLC)实体的重复传输激活和/或去激活状态。Wherein, the first field is ignored when the fourth field is configured, wherein the fourth field configures the repeated transmission activation and/or deactivation status of each non-primary radio link control (RLC) entity corresponding to at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
  11. 根据权利要求7所述的装置,其中,所述第二字段包括第一列表,所述第一列表包括:主无线链路控制(RLC)实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID),其中,所述主无线链路控制(RLC)实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID)是在所述协议数据单元(PDU)组关联了多个无线链路控制(RLC)实体的情况下,用于上行数据传输的主无线链路控制(RLC)实体的逻辑信道标识(LCID)。The device according to claim 7, wherein the second field includes a first list, and the first list includes: a logical channel identifier (LCID) of a primary radio link control (RLC) entity, wherein the logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary radio link control (RLC) entity is a logical channel identifier (LCID) of the primary radio link control (RLC) entity used for uplink data transmission when the protocol data unit (PDU) group is associated with multiple radio link control (RLC) entities.
  12. 根据权利要求7所述的装置,其中,所述第三字段包括第二列表,其中所述第二列表包括:分离的辅无线链路控制(RLC)实体对应的逻辑信道标识,其中,所述分离的辅无线链路控制(RLC)实体对应的逻辑信道标识是在所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体对应的数据无线承载(DRB)是分离承载的情况下,为上行数据传输进行回退到分离承载而指示的分离的辅无线链路控制(RLC)实体对应的逻辑信道标识。The device according to claim 7, wherein the third field includes a second list, wherein the second list includes: a logical channel identifier corresponding to a separated secondary radio link control (RLC) entity, wherein the logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary radio link control (RLC) entity is a logical channel identifier corresponding to the separated secondary radio link control (RLC) entity indicated for uplink data transmission to fall back to a separated bearer when the data radio bearer (DRB) corresponding to the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is a separated bearer.
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的装置,其中,所述第四字段包括第三列表,所述第三列表指示在收到所述第一信令时各关联的上行无线链路控制(RLC)实体的重复传输的状态。The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the fourth field comprises a third list indicating a state of repeated transmission of each associated uplink radio link control (RLC) entity when the first signaling is received.
  14. 根据权利要求3所述的装置,其中,在所述数据无线承载(DRB)被配置了双激活协议栈(DAPS)承载的情况下,所述数据无线承载(DRB)对应的分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体在适用的情况下进行双激活协议栈(DAPS)切换;The apparatus according to claim 3, wherein, when the data radio bearer (DRB) is configured with a dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) bearer, a radio link control (RLC) entity associated with a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity corresponding to the data radio bearer (DRB) performs a dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) switch when applicable;
    其中,所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)被映射到双激活协议栈(DAPS)承载的两个可用于上行传输的无线链路控制(RLC)实体以及,两个可用于上行传输的无线链路控制(RLC)实体中的一个无线链路控制(RLC)实体是针对源小区,两个可用于上行传输的无线链路控制(RLC)实体中的另一个无线链路控制(RLC)实体针对目标小区的情况下,Wherein, the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) is mapped to two radio link control (RLC) entities available for uplink transmission carried by a dual activation protocol stack (DAPS), and one of the two radio link control (RLC) entities available for uplink transmission is for a source cell, and the other of the two radio link control (RLC) entities available for uplink transmission is for a target cell.
    对所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)进行双激活协议栈(DAPS)切换。Perform dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) switching on the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
  15. 根据权利要求3所述的装置,其中,所述映射单元还被配置为:The apparatus according to claim 3, wherein the mapping unit is further configured to:
    对于分离承载或者配置了分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)重复传输的无线承载,对于每个传输方向,每个分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联到小于等于N×M个无确认模式(UM)无线链路控制(RLC)实体;或者关联到小于等于N×M个确认模式(AM)无线链路控制(RLC)实体,其中;对于分离承载:N=2;对于配置了分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)重复传输的无线承载:2<=N<=4;For a separated bearer or a radio bearer configured with repeated transmission of the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP), for each transmission direction, each Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) entity is associated with less than or equal to N×M unacknowledged mode (UM) radio link control (RLC) entities; or is associated with less than or equal to N×M acknowledged mode (AM) radio link control (RLC) entities, where: for a separated bearer: N=2; for a radio bearer configured with repeated transmission of the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP): 2<=N<=4;
    对于双激活协议栈(DAPS)承载,对于每个传输方向,每个分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联到小于等于M个针对源小区的无确认模式(UM)无线链路控制(RLC)实体以及小于等于M个针对目标小区的无确认模式(UM)无线链路控制(RLC)实体;或者关联到小于等于M个针对源小区的无确认模式(UM)无线链路控制(RLC)实体,小于等于M个针对目标小区的确认模式(AM)无线链路控制(RLC)实体;For a dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) bearer, for each transmission direction, each packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity is associated with less than or equal to M unacknowledged mode (UM) radio link control (RLC) entities for the source cell and less than or equal to M unacknowledged mode (UM) radio link control (RLC) entities for the target cell; or is associated with less than or equal to M unacknowledged mode (UM) radio link control (RLC) entities for the source cell and less than or equal to M acknowledged mode (AM) radio link control (RLC) entities for the target cell;
    其中,M表述所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括的协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)映射的不同主无线链路控制(RLC)实体的个数。Among them, M represents the number of different primary radio link control (RLC) entities mapped by the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) included in the data radio bearer (DRB).
  16. 根据权利要求4所述的装置,其中,所述传输单元还包括:The device according to claim 4, wherein the transmission unit further comprises:
    提交单元,其根据数据服务数据单元(SDU)的服务数据适配协议(SDAP)报头中的所述第一信息以及根据无线资源控制(RRC)配置的协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)到无线链路控制(RLC)承载(bearer)的映射关系,和/或针对无线链路控制(RLC)实体的重复传输激活状态,将所述数据服务数据单元(SDU)提交到对应的无线链路控制(RLC)实体。A submission unit, which submits the data service data unit (SDU) to the corresponding radio link control (RLC) entity according to the first information in the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) header of the data service data unit (SDU) and the mapping relationship from the protocol data unit set (PDU Set) configured by the radio resource control (RRC) to the radio link control (RLC) bearer, and/or the repeated transmission activation state of the radio link control (RLC) entity.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的装置,其中,所述提交单元还被配置为:The apparatus according to claim 16, wherein the submitting unit is further configured to:
    复制分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU),根据所述第一信息将所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU)提交到分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)重复传输激活的关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体;和/或duplicating a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU), and submitting the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) to an associated radio link control (RLC) entity activated for packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) repeat transmission according to the first information; and/or
    针对具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)配置了分离的辅无线链路控制(RLC)实体,在所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU)的大小等于或高于第一阈值时,根据所述第一信息将所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU)提交到主无线链路控制(RLC)实体或分离的辅无线链路控制(RLC)实体;和/或,在所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU)的大小低于第一阈值时,根据所述第一信息将所述分组 数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU)提交到对应的主无线链路控制(RLC)实体;和/或A separate secondary radio link control (RLC) entity is configured for at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information, and when the size of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) is equal to or higher than a first threshold, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) is submitted to a primary radio link control (RLC) entity or a separate secondary radio link control (RLC) entity according to the first information; and/or, when the size of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) is lower than the first threshold, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) is submitted to the corresponding primary radio link control (RLC) entity according to the first information; and/or
    在发送的所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体关联的是双激活协议栈(DAPS)承载的情况下:In the case where the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity sent is associated with a dual activation protocol stack (DAPS) bearer:
    在没有被要求上行数据切换时:根据所述第一信息将所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU)提交到关联到源小区的无线链路控制(RLC)实体;When uplink data switching is not required: submitting the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) to a radio link control (RLC) entity associated with a source cell according to the first information;
    在被要求上行数据切换时:根据所述第一信息将所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)数据协议数据单元(PDU)提交到关联到目标小区的无线链路控制(RLC)实体,和/或,对于源小区关联的分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)控制协议数据单元(PDU),将所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)控制协议数据单元(PDU)提交到任意关联到源小区的无线链路控制(RLC)实体,对于目标小区关联的分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)控制协议数据单元(PDU),将所述分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)控制协议数据单元(PDU)提交到任意关联到目标小区的无线链路控制(RLC)实体。When uplink data switching is required: submit the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data protocol data unit (PDU) to the radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the target cell according to the first information, and/or, for the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) control protocol data unit (PDU) associated with the source cell, submit the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) control protocol data unit (PDU) to any radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the source cell, and for the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) control protocol data unit (PDU) associated with the target cell, submit the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) control protocol data unit (PDU) to any radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the target cell.
  18. 根据权利要求3所述的装置,其中,所述数据传输装置还包括:The device according to claim 3, wherein the data transmission device further comprises:
    第二接收单元,其接收第二信令,其中,所述第二信令激活和/或去激活所述协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的无线链路控制(RLC)实体的重复传输。A second receiving unit receives a second signaling, wherein the second signaling activates and/or deactivates repeated transmission of a radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the protocol data unit set (PDU Set).
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其中,所述第二信令为MAC控制元素(MAC CE);The device according to claim 18, wherein the second signaling is a MAC control element (MAC CE);
    在所述第二信令指示了对配置了分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)重复传输的一个数据无线承载(DRB)携带的具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的一个或多个无线链路控制(RLC)实体激活的情况下,将激活信息指示给上层;和/或,In a case where the second signaling indicates activation of one or more radio link control (RLC) entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with repeated transmission of a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), indicating activation information to an upper layer; and/or,
    在所述第二信令指示了对配置了分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)重复传输的一个数据无线承载(DRB)携带的具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)关联的一个或多个无线链路控制(RLC)实体去激活的情况下,将去激活信息指示给上层。When the second signaling indicates the deactivation of one or more radio link control (RLC) entities associated with at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information carried by a data radio bearer (DRB) configured with repeated transmission of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), the deactivation information is indicated to the upper layer.
  20. 一种数据发送装置,其中,所述数据发送装置包括:A data sending device, wherein the data sending device comprises:
    第一发送单元,其发送第一信令;其中,所述第一信令配置数据无线承载(DRB) 对应的分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)实体的重复传输和/或分离传输;和/或,所述第一信令配置重复传输的激活状态和/或去激活状态;A first sending unit, which sends a first signaling; wherein the first signaling configures repeated transmission and/or separate transmission of a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity corresponding to a data radio bearer (DRB); and/or the first signaling configures an activation state and/or a deactivation state of repeated transmission;
    其中,一个所述数据无线承载(DRB)包括至少一个所述协议数据单元(PDU)组,其中,所述协议数据单元(PDU)组中包括具有相同预定的第一信息的至少一个协议数据单元集合(PDU Set)。Among them, one of the data radio bearers (DRB) includes at least one of the protocol data unit (PDU) groups, wherein the protocol data unit (PDU) group includes at least one protocol data unit set (PDU Set) having the same predetermined first information.
PCT/CN2022/130732 2022-11-08 2022-11-08 Data transmission apparatus, data sending apparatus, and method WO2024098267A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/130732 WO2024098267A1 (en) 2022-11-08 2022-11-08 Data transmission apparatus, data sending apparatus, and method

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/130732 WO2024098267A1 (en) 2022-11-08 2022-11-08 Data transmission apparatus, data sending apparatus, and method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024098267A1 true WO2024098267A1 (en) 2024-05-16

Family

ID=91031576

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/130732 WO2024098267A1 (en) 2022-11-08 2022-11-08 Data transmission apparatus, data sending apparatus, and method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024098267A1 (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10721754B2 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2020164410A1 (en) Latency measurement method, network device and terminal device
WO2018202037A1 (en) Data transmission method, terminal device, and network device
US20180234877A1 (en) Method for creating media access control entity, device, and system
CN108337633B (en) Data distribution configuration method, base station system and user terminal
US11700543B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting data and communication system
US20200178138A1 (en) Communication method, base station, terminal device, and system
WO2018059223A1 (en) Communication method and device
RU2768891C1 (en) Configuration of control channel structure to support v2x traffic
WO2022188686A1 (en) Communication method and device
US10887866B2 (en) Multimedia broadcast multicast communication method, apparatus, and system
WO2023046118A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024098267A1 (en) Data transmission apparatus, data sending apparatus, and method
WO2022223031A1 (en) Communication processing method for data transmission and related device
WO2022147727A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
EP4300983A1 (en) Media data transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2024092725A1 (en) Data mapping device and method
WO2024065524A1 (en) Packet data convergence protocol entity establishment apparatus and method, and packet data convergence protocol entity establishment indication apparatus and method
WO2021142767A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2024065516A1 (en) Data transmission device and method, and data indication device and method
WO2024092619A1 (en) Method and apparatus for reporting delay information
WO2024055871A1 (en) Data transmission method in communication system, and communication apparatus
WO2023124751A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, terminal and network device
WO2022237505A1 (en) Communication method, device and system
WO2023207787A1 (en) Data processing method and apparatus, and communication device and storage medium